[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2022150991A1 - Wireless communication method and device - Google Patents

Wireless communication method and device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022150991A1
WO2022150991A1 PCT/CN2021/071340 CN2021071340W WO2022150991A1 WO 2022150991 A1 WO2022150991 A1 WO 2022150991A1 CN 2021071340 W CN2021071340 W CN 2021071340W WO 2022150991 A1 WO2022150991 A1 WO 2022150991A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
information
response
control information
indication information
channel
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
PCT/CN2021/071340
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
吴作敏
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp Ltd
Original Assignee
Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp Ltd filed Critical Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp Ltd
Priority to PCT/CN2021/071340 priority Critical patent/WO2022150991A1/en
Priority to CN202180073089.2A priority patent/CN116438905A/en
Publication of WO2022150991A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022150991A1/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W74/00Wireless channel access

Definitions

  • the embodiments of the present application relate to the field of communications, and in particular, to a method and device for wireless communication.
  • communications equipment needs to follow the "Listen Before Talk (LBT)" principle, that is, before communications equipment sends signals on unlicensed spectrum channels, it needs to In channel detection, the communication device can send signals only when the channel detection result is that the channel is idle; if the channel detection result of the communication device on the channel of the unlicensed spectrum is that the channel is busy, the communication device cannot perform signal transmission.
  • LBT Listen Before Talk
  • the LBT mode ie, channel access mode
  • the LBT mode can include omnidirectional LBT, directional LBT, and receiving side assistance. LBT and not doing LBT etc. Because the high-frequency frequency band is relatively high, the LBT method on the unlicensed spectrum on the high-frequency frequency band is different from the LBT method on the unlicensed spectrum on the traditional frequency band. The channel or signaling of interaction is an urgent problem to be solved.
  • the present application provides a method and a device for wireless communication, which can realize the receiving and measuring assisted LBT between communication devices.
  • a method for wireless communication comprising: a first device receiving first control information sent by a second device, where the first control information is used by the first device to determine whether the second device sends the first device initiates a request-response process;
  • the first device determines whether to send response information to the second device according to the first control information.
  • a method for wireless communication comprising: a second device sending first control information to a first device, where the first control information is used by the first device to determine whether the second device sends The first device initiates a request-response process.
  • a terminal device for executing the method in the above-mentioned first aspect or each implementation manner thereof.
  • the terminal device includes a functional module for executing the method in the above-mentioned first aspect or each implementation manner thereof.
  • a network device for executing the method in the second aspect or each of its implementations.
  • the network device includes functional modules for executing the methods in the second aspect or the respective implementation manners thereof.
  • a terminal device including a processor and a memory.
  • the memory is used for storing a computer program
  • the processor is used for calling and running the computer program stored in the memory to execute the method in the above-mentioned first aspect or each implementation manner thereof.
  • a network device including a processor and a memory.
  • the memory is used to store a computer program
  • the processor is used to call and run the computer program stored in the memory to execute the method in the second aspect or each of its implementations.
  • a chip is provided for implementing any one of the above-mentioned first aspect to the second aspect or the method in each implementation manner thereof.
  • the chip includes: a processor for invoking and running a computer program from a memory, so that a device in which the device is installed executes any one of the above-mentioned first to second aspects or each of its implementations method.
  • a computer-readable storage medium for storing a computer program, the computer program causing a computer to execute the method in any one of the above-mentioned first aspect to the second aspect or each of its implementations.
  • a computer program product comprising computer program instructions, the computer program instructions causing a computer to execute the method in any one of the above-mentioned first to second aspects or the implementations thereof.
  • a computer program which, when run on a computer, causes the computer to perform the method in any one of the above-mentioned first to second aspects or the respective implementations thereof.
  • the second device indicates to the first device on the receiving side whether the second device initiates a request-response process by sending the first control information, so that it can be used for the interaction between the first device and the second device based on sending and receiving channel or signal transmission.
  • FIGS. 1A-1C are schematic diagrams of a communication system architecture provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of information transmission based on RTS/CTS.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic interaction diagram of a method for wireless communication according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic block diagram of a device for wireless communication according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic block diagram of a device for wireless communication according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic block diagram of a chip provided according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • GSM Global System of Mobile communication
  • CDMA Code Division Multiple Access
  • CDMA Wideband Code Division Multiple Access
  • WCDMA Wideband Code Division Multiple Access
  • GPRS General Packet Radio Service
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • LTE-A Advanced Long Term Evolution
  • NR New Radio
  • NTN Non-Terrestrial Networks
  • UMTS Universal Mobile Telecommunication System
  • WLAN Wireless Local Area Networks
  • Wireless Fidelity Wireless Fidelity
  • WiFi fifth-generation communication
  • D2D Device to Device
  • M2M Machine to Machine
  • MTC Machine Type Communication
  • V2V Vehicle to Vehicle
  • V2X Vehicle to everything
  • the communication system in the embodiment of the present application can be applied to a carrier aggregation (Carrier Aggregation, CA) scenario, can also be applied to a dual connectivity (Dual Connectivity, DC) scenario, and can also be applied to an independent (Standalone, SA) network deployment scenario.
  • Carrier Aggregation, CA Carrier Aggregation
  • DC Dual Connectivity
  • SA independent network deployment scenario
  • the communication system in the embodiment of the present application may be applied to an unlicensed spectrum, where the unlicensed spectrum may also be considered as a shared spectrum; or, the communication system in the embodiment of the present application may also be applied to a licensed spectrum, where the licensed spectrum may also be Considered non-shared spectrum.
  • Non-Terrestrial Networks NTN
  • TN terrestrial communication network
  • the embodiments of the present application describe various embodiments in conjunction with network equipment and terminal equipment, where the terminal equipment may also be referred to as user equipment (User Equipment, UE), access terminal, subscriber unit, subscriber station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, user agent or user device, etc.
  • user equipment User Equipment, UE
  • access terminal subscriber unit, subscriber station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, user agent or user device, etc.
  • the terminal device can be a station (STATION, ST) in the WLAN, can be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a Session Initiation Protocol (Session Initiation Protocol, SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (Wireless Local Loop, WLL) station, personal digital processing (Personal Digital Assistant, PDA) devices, handheld devices with wireless communication capabilities, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, in-vehicle devices, wearable devices, next-generation communication systems such as end devices in NR networks, or future Terminal equipment in the evolved public land mobile network (Public Land Mobile Network, PLMN) network, etc.
  • PLMN Public Land Mobile Network
  • the terminal device can be deployed on land, including indoor or outdoor, handheld, wearable, or vehicle-mounted; it can also be deployed on water (such as ships, etc.); it can also be deployed in the air (such as airplanes, balloons, and satellites) superior).
  • the terminal device may be a mobile phone (Mobile Phone), a tablet computer (Pad), a computer with a wireless transceiver function, a virtual reality (Virtual Reality, VR) terminal device, and an augmented reality (Augmented Reality, AR) terminal Equipment, wireless terminal equipment in industrial control, wireless terminal equipment in self driving, wireless terminal equipment in remote medical, wireless terminal equipment in smart grid , wireless terminal equipment in transportation safety, wireless terminal equipment in smart city or wireless terminal equipment in smart home, etc.
  • a mobile phone Mobile Phone
  • a tablet computer Pad
  • a computer with a wireless transceiver function a virtual reality (Virtual Reality, VR) terminal device
  • augmented reality (Augmented Reality, AR) terminal Equipment wireless terminal equipment in industrial control, wireless terminal equipment in self driving, wireless terminal equipment in remote medical, wireless terminal equipment in smart grid , wireless terminal equipment in transportation safety, wireless terminal equipment in smart city or wireless terminal equipment in smart home, etc.
  • the terminal equipment involved in the embodiments of this application may also be referred to as terminal, user equipment (UE), access terminal equipment, vehicle-mounted terminal, industrial control terminal, UE unit, UE station, mobile station, mobile station, and remote station , remote terminal equipment, mobile equipment, UE terminal equipment, wireless communication equipment, UE proxy or UE device, etc.
  • Terminal devices can also be stationary or mobile.
  • the terminal device may also be a wearable device.
  • Wearable devices can also be called wearable smart devices, which are the general term for the intelligent design of daily wear and the development of wearable devices using wearable technology, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing and shoes.
  • a wearable device is a portable device that is worn directly on the body or integrated into the user's clothing or accessories. Wearable device is not only a hardware device, but also realizes powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction.
  • wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-scale, complete or partial functions without relying on smart phones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and only focus on a certain type of application function, which needs to cooperate with other devices such as smart phones.
  • Use such as various types of smart bracelets, smart jewelry, etc. for physical sign monitoring.
  • the network device may be a device for communicating with a mobile device, and the network device may be an access point (Access Point, AP) in WLAN, or a base station (Base Transceiver Station, BTS) in GSM or CDMA , it can also be a base station (NodeB, NB) in WCDMA, it can also be an evolved base station (Evolutional Node B, eNB or eNodeB) in LTE, or a relay station or access point, or in-vehicle equipment, wearable devices and NR networks
  • the network device may have a mobile feature, for example, the network device may be a mobile device.
  • the network device may be a satellite or a balloon station.
  • the satellite may be a low earth orbit (LEO) satellite, a medium earth orbit (MEO) satellite, a geostationary earth orbit (GEO) satellite, a High Elliptical Orbit (HEO) ) satellite etc.
  • the network device may also be a base station set in a location such as land or water.
  • a network device may provide services for a cell, and a terminal device communicates with the network device through transmission resources (for example, frequency domain resources, or spectrum resources) used by the cell, and the cell may be a network device (
  • the cell can belong to the macro base station, or it can belong to the base station corresponding to the small cell (Small cell).
  • Pico cell Femto cell (Femto cell), etc.
  • These small cells have the characteristics of small coverage and low transmission power, and are suitable for providing high-speed data transmission services.
  • FIG. 1A is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication system 100 may include a network device 110 , and the network device 110 may be a device that communicates with a terminal device 120 (or referred to as a communication terminal, a terminal).
  • the network device 110 may provide communication coverage for a particular geographic area, and may communicate with terminal devices located within the coverage area.
  • FIG. 1A exemplarily shows one network device and two terminal devices.
  • the communication system 100 may include multiple network devices and the coverage of each network device may include other numbers of terminals equipment, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 1B is a schematic structural diagram of another communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • a terminal device 1101 and a satellite 1102 are included, and wireless communication can be performed between the terminal device 1101 and the satellite 1102 .
  • the network formed between the terminal device 1101 and the satellite 1102 may also be referred to as NTN.
  • the satellite 1102 can function as a base station, and the terminal device 1101 and the satellite 1102 can communicate directly. Under the system architecture, satellite 1102 may be referred to as a network device.
  • the communication system may include multiple network devices 1102, and the coverage of each network device 1102 may include other numbers of terminal devices, which are not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • FIG. 1C is a schematic structural diagram of another communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • a terminal device 1201 including a terminal device 1201 , a satellite 1202 and a base station 1203 , the terminal device 1201 and the satellite 1202 can communicate wirelessly, and the satellite 1202 and the base station 1203 can communicate.
  • the network formed between the terminal device 1201, the satellite 1202 and the base station 1203 may also be referred to as NTN.
  • the satellite 1202 may not have the function of the base station, and the communication between the terminal device 1201 and the base station 1203 needs to be relayed by the satellite 1202 .
  • the base station 1203 may be referred to as a network device.
  • the communication system may include multiple network devices 1203, and the coverage of each network device 1203 may include other numbers of terminal devices, which are not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • FIG. 1A-FIG. 1C merely illustrate the system to which the present application applies.
  • the methods shown in the embodiments of the present application may also be applied to other systems, such as a 5G communication system, an LTE communication system, etc. , which is not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the wireless communication system shown in FIGS. 1A-1C may further include a mobility management entity (Mobility Management Entity, MME), an access and mobility management function (Access and Mobility Management Function, AMF) and other network entities, which are not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • MME Mobility Management Entity
  • AMF Access and Mobility Management Function
  • a device having a communication function in the network/system may be referred to as a communication device.
  • the communication device may include a network device 110 and a terminal device 120 with a communication function, and the network device 110 and the terminal device 120 may be the specific devices described above, which will not be repeated here.
  • the communication device may also include other devices in the communication system 100, such as other network entities such as a network controller, a mobility management entity, etc., which are not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the "instruction" mentioned in the embodiments of the present application may be a direct instruction, an indirect instruction, or an associated relationship.
  • a indicates B it can indicate that A directly indicates B, for example, B can be obtained through A; it can also indicate that A indicates B indirectly, such as A indicates C, and B can be obtained through C; it can also indicate that there is an association between A and B relation.
  • corresponding may indicate that there is a direct or indirect corresponding relationship between the two, or may indicate that there is an associated relationship between the two, or indicate and be instructed, configure and be instructed configuration, etc.
  • the indication information in this embodiment of the present application includes physical layer signaling (for example, downlink control information (Downlink Control Information, DCI)), radio resource control (Radio Resource Control, RRC) signaling, and a media access control unit (Media Access Control Control).
  • DCI Downlink Control Information
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • Media Access Control Control Media Access Control Control
  • Element, MAC CE at least one.
  • the high-level parameters or high-level signaling in the embodiments of the present application include at least one of system messages, radio resource control (Radio Resource Control, RRC) signaling, and media access control elements (Media Access Control Control Element, MAC CE).
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • MAC CE Media Access Control Control Element
  • predefined may be implemented by pre-saving corresponding codes, forms, or other means that can be used to indicate relevant information in devices (for example, including terminal devices and network devices).
  • devices for example, including terminal devices and network devices.
  • predefined may refer to the definition in the protocol.
  • the "protocol” may refer to a standard protocol in the communication field, for example, may include LTE protocol, NR protocol, and related protocols applied in future communication systems, which are not limited in this application.
  • the NR system currently mainly considers two frequency bands, FR1 (Frequency range 1) and FR2 (Frequency range 2).
  • FR1 Frequency range 1
  • FR2 Frequency range 2
  • the frequency domain ranges included in FR1 and FR2 are shown in Table 1.
  • FRX frequency domain range included in the new frequency band.
  • Table 2 For convenience of description, it is represented by FRX in this application. It should be understood that the name of this frequency band should not constitute any limitation.
  • FRX can be FR3.
  • the FRX frequency band includes licensed spectrum as well as unlicensed spectrum.
  • the FRX frequency band includes non-shared spectrum or dedicated spectrum, as well as shared spectrum.
  • Unlicensed spectrum is the spectrum allocated by countries and regions that can be used for radio equipment communication. This spectrum is generally considered to be shared spectrum, that is, communication equipment in different communication systems can meet the regulatory requirements set by the country or region on the spectrum. To use this spectrum, there is no need to apply for an exclusive spectrum license from the government.
  • the communication device follows the principle of "listen before talk (LBT)", that is, before the communication device transmits signals on the unlicensed spectrum channel, it needs to perform channel listening first, and only when the channel listening result is that the channel is idle, the Only the communication device can send the signal; if the channel detection result of the communication device on the channel of the unlicensed spectrum is that the channel is busy, the communication device cannot send the signal.
  • LBT listen before talk
  • the duration of signal transmission by the communication device using the channel of the unlicensed spectrum cannot exceed a certain duration.
  • the communication device needs to follow the maximum power spectrum when using the channel of the unlicensed spectrum for signal transmission.
  • Density limit It should be noted that in some countries or regions, there is no LBT requirement for the unlicensed spectrum included in the FRX frequency band.
  • MCOT Maximum Channel Occupancy Time
  • Channel Occupancy Time refers to the length of time that the channel is used for signal transmission after successful channel detection on the shared spectrum channel. It can also be considered as the channel occupied after the successful channel detection on the shared spectrum channel. length of time. Wherein, the signal occupying the channel may be continuous or discontinuous within the time length, and the time length includes the total time for signal transmission by the device initiating the channel occupation and the device sharing the channel occupation.
  • Channel occupation time of network equipment also known as COT initiated by network equipment, it refers to a channel occupation time obtained by network equipment after successful channel detection on the channel of the shared spectrum.
  • the COT initiated by the network device can not only be used for transmission by the network device, but also can be used for transmission by the terminal device under certain conditions.
  • UE-initiated COT also known as COT initiated by the terminal device, it refers to the channel occupancy time obtained by the terminal device after successful channel detection on the channel of the shared spectrum.
  • the COT initiated by the terminal device can not only be used for transmission by the terminal device, but also can be used for transmission by the network device under certain conditions.
  • Downlink transmission opportunity A group of downlink transmissions (that is, including one or more downlink transmissions) performed by a network device, the group of downlink transmissions are continuous transmissions (that is, there is no gap between multiple downlink transmissions), or the group of downlink transmissions There is a gap in the downlink transmission but the gap is less than or equal to a preset value, for example, in the FR1 frequency band, the preset value is 16 ⁇ s. If the gap between two downlink transmissions performed by the network device is greater than the preset value of 16 ⁇ s, it is considered that the two downlink transmissions belong to two downlink transmission opportunities.
  • a preset value for example, in the FR1 frequency band
  • Uplink transmission opportunity A group of uplink transmissions (that is, including one or more uplink transmissions) performed by a terminal device, the group of uplink transmissions are continuous transmissions (that is, there is no gap between multiple uplink transmissions), or the There is a gap in the group uplink transmission but the gap is less than or equal to a preset value, for example, in the FR1 frequency band, the preset value is 16 ⁇ s. If the gap between two uplink transmissions performed by the terminal device is greater than the preset value of 16 ⁇ s, the two uplink transmissions are considered to belong to two uplink transmission opportunities.
  • the above-mentioned preset value may be other values, for example, 8 ⁇ s. This application is not limited to this.
  • Channel Detection Success Also known as LBT Success or Channel Detection Idle.
  • LBT Success also known as Channel Detection Idle.
  • the energy detection in the listening time slot performed on the channel is below the energy detection threshold.
  • Channel Detection Failed Also known as LBT Failure or Channel Detection Busy.
  • the energy detection in the listening time slot of the channel is higher than or equal to the energy detection threshold.
  • Auxiliary channel monitoring on the receiving side is an LBT method based on the Request To Send/Clear To Send (RTS/CTS) mechanism. as shown in picture 2.
  • RTS/CTS Request To Send/Clear To Send
  • the network device Before the network device transmits, it first sends a signal similar to RTS to inquire whether the terminal device is ready to receive data. After the terminal device receives the RTS signal, if the LBT process is successful, it can send a signal similar to CTS to the network device, such as reporting its own interference measurement result, informing the network device that it is ready to receive data. After the CTS, downlink transmission can be performed to the terminal equipment.
  • the terminal if the terminal receives the RTS and the device does not receive the RTS, or the terminal receives the RTS but cannot send the CTS due to the failure of the LBT process, the terminal will not send the CTS signal to the network device, and the network device will not receive the CTS signal from the terminal In this case, the downlink transmission to the terminal equipment can be abandoned.
  • the LBT mode can include omnidirectional LBT, directional LBT, receiving-side auxiliary LBT, and no LBT.
  • the channel access mode without LBT may also need to be limited by certain conditions, such as automatic transmit power control ATPC, DFS, long-term interference detection or other interference elimination mechanisms.
  • the LBT method on the unlicensed spectrum on the FRX frequency band is different from the LBT method on the unlicensed spectrum on the FR1 frequency band.
  • a channel access method based on transceiver interaction which is also called a receiving-side auxiliary channel access method, may be introduced. Therefore, how to support the receiving side auxiliary channel access (or called receiving side auxiliary channel detection, receiving side auxiliary LBT) method in the NR-U system on the FRX frequency band is an urgent problem to be solved.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic interaction diagram of a method 300 for wireless communication according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 3 , the method 300 includes the following contents:
  • the first device receives first control information sent by the second device, where the first control information is used by the first device to determine whether the second device initiates a request-response process to the first device;
  • the first device determines whether to send response information to the second device according to the first control information.
  • the request-response procedure is used to assist channel detection by the second device, or to assist channel access by the second device.
  • the request-response procedure is used to assist the channel detection of the first device, or to assist the channel access of the first device.
  • the request-response process may include an RTS/CTS transmission process as shown in FIG. 2 .
  • the request-response process may include: the second device initiates a request to the first device, such as sending transmission request information, and the first device sends a response to the second device after receiving the request sent by the second device information.
  • the first device after receiving the request sent by the second device, the first device sends response information to the second device if certain conditions are met.
  • the acknowledgement information includes Hybrid Automatic Repeat request Acknowledgement (HARQ-ACK) information, or the acknowledgement information only includes acknowledgement (Acknowledgement, ACK) information.
  • HARQ-ACK Hybrid Automatic Repeat request Acknowledgement
  • ACK acknowledgement
  • the HARQ-ACK information includes ACK information or Negative Acknowledgement (Negative Acknowledgement, NACK) information.
  • the response information includes measurement information of the first device, such as CSI measurement results, beam information, precoding information, interference measurement results, RRM or RLM measurement results, and the like.
  • the acknowledgment information is used to indicate to the second device whether the transmission is allowed, for example, ACK indicates that the transmission is allowed, and NACK indicates that the transmission is not allowed.
  • the acknowledgement information is used to indicate to the second device that transmission is permitted.
  • the first device includes a terminal device
  • the second device includes a network device
  • the first control information may be first downlink control information (Downlink Control Information, DCI)
  • DCI Downlink Control Information
  • the first downlink control information may be transmitted through a physical downlink control channel (Physical Downlink Control Channel, PDCCH), that is, the first downlink control information may be carried in the PDCCH.
  • PDCCH Physical Downlink Control Channel
  • the first DCI format includes at least one of the following DCI formats:
  • DCI format used to release semi-persistent scheduling (Semi-Persistent Scheduling, SPS) PDSCH;
  • DCI format for releasing configuration grant (CG) physical side channel DCI format for releasing configuration grant (CG) physical side channel.
  • the first DCI format includes DCI format 1_1, DCI format 1_2, DCI format 0_1, or DCI format 0_2, and so on.
  • DCI format 1_1, DCI format 1_2, DCI format 0_1, or DCI format 0_2, and so on can prevent the first device from detecting more DCI formats, thereby avoiding increasing the complexity of the first device's PDCCH blind detection.
  • the first device includes a first terminal device
  • the second device includes a second terminal device
  • the first control information may be first sidelink control information (Sidelink Control Information, SCI), the first control information corresponds to the first SCI format.
  • SCI Seglink Control Information
  • the first sidelink control information may be transmitted through a physical sidelink control channel (Physical Sidelink Control Channel, PSCCH), that is, the first sidelink control information may be carried in the PSCCH.
  • PSCCH Physical Sidelink Control Channel
  • the first SCI format includes an SCI format for scheduling a Physical Sidelink Shared Channel (PSSCH).
  • PSSCH Physical Sidelink Shared Channel
  • the first SCI format SCI format 1-A, SCI format 2-A or SCI format 2-B can prevent the first device from detecting more SCI formats, thereby avoiding increasing the blind detection complexity of the control channel of the first device.
  • the first device includes a network device
  • the second device includes a terminal device
  • the first control information is uplink control information
  • the embodiment of the present application can be applied to the detection of auxiliary channels on the downlink receiving side, the detection of auxiliary channels on the receiving side in the sideways, and the detection of auxiliary channels on the receiving side in the uplink.
  • the first control information corresponds to a first control information format
  • the first control information format corresponds to a first radio network temporary identifier (Radio Network Temporary Identity, RNTI).
  • RNTI Radio Network Temporary Identity
  • the first RNTI is an RNTI dedicated to the first device.
  • the first RNTI is a cell radio network temporary identifier (Cell Radio Network Temporary Identity, C-RNTI) of the first device or a preconfigured scheduling radio network temporary identifier (Configured Scheduling RNTI, CS-RNTI) or a modulation and coding scheme Wireless network temporary identification (Modulation and Coding Scheme RNTI, MCS-C-RNTI), etc.
  • C-RNTI Cell Radio Network Temporary Identity
  • CS-RNTI Configured Scheduling RNTI
  • MCS-C-RNTI Modulation and Coding Scheme RNTI
  • the first control information may be control information dedicated to the first device.
  • the second device is a network device
  • the first control information is the first DCI.
  • the first DCI may be carried in a dedicated physical downlink control channel (Physical Downlink Control Channel, PDCCH) of the terminal device.
  • PDCCH Physical Downlink Control Channel
  • the first control information may be public control information.
  • the first control information may be sent through a group common (Group common, GC) PDCCH.
  • the first control information may also be carried by a physical signal such as a reference signal.
  • the above process may include: a first device receiving a reference signal sent by a second device, where the reference signal is used by the first device to determine whether the second device initiates a request-response process to the first device, The first device determines whether to send response information to the second device according to the reference signal.
  • the S320 may include:
  • the first device determines to send the response information to the second device; and/or,
  • the first device determines not to send the response information to the second device.
  • the response information is used to indicate that transmission is allowed, for example, ACK information.
  • the first device determines to send the response information to the second device.
  • the first device determines to send the request-response process to the second device.
  • the response information wherein the response information is used to indicate that transmission is not allowed, such as NACK information.
  • whether the second device initiates the request-response process to the first device may be determined according to whether the first control information includes transmission request information.
  • the first device determines that the second device initiates the request-response process to the first device.
  • the first device determines that the second device does not initiate the request-response process to the first device.
  • the first device may send response information to the second device, for example, the response information may be ACK.
  • the first device may not send response information to the second device, or may send response information, where the response information is used to indicate that transmission is not allowed.
  • whether the transmission request information is included in the first control information is configured by a network device.
  • whether the first control information can be used to initiate the request-response process is configured by the network device.
  • the network device can configure whether the first control information includes the transmission request information through high-layer parameters, or the network device can configure whether the control information format corresponding to the first control information includes the transmission request through high-layer parameters
  • the information field corresponding to the transmission request information For example, the high layer parameter takes the first value, indicating that the first control information includes transmission request information, and the high layer parameter takes the second value, indicating that the first control information does not include transmission request information. For another example, if the high layer parameter is configured, it indicates that the first control information includes transmission request information, and if the high layer parameter is not configured, it indicates that the first control information does not include transmission request information.
  • whether the first control information includes the transmission request information is configured by the terminal device.
  • whether the first control information can be used to initiate the request-response process is configured by the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may configure whether the first control information includes the transmission request information through high-layer parameters, or the terminal device may configure whether the control information format corresponding to the first control information includes the transmission request information through high-layer parameters
  • the information field corresponding to the transmission request information For example, the high layer parameter takes the first value, indicating that the first control information includes transmission request information, and the high layer parameter takes the second value, indicating that the first control information does not include transmission request information. For another example, if the high layer parameter is configured, it indicates that the first control information includes transmission request information, and if the high layer parameter is not configured, it indicates that the first control information does not include transmission request information.
  • the first device is a first terminal device
  • the second device may be a second terminal device
  • the terminal device configured with high-level parameters may be, for example, a third terminal device.
  • the third terminal device may be the first terminal device, or the second terminal device, or the control node of the first terminal device, or the control node of the second terminal device
  • the The control node of the first terminal device is, for example, the group head terminal of the terminal group to which the first terminal device belongs
  • the control node of the second terminal device is, for example, the group head terminal of the terminal group to which the second terminal device belongs.
  • the third terminal device and the second terminal device may be the same terminal device. In other cases, the third terminal device and the first terminal device may be the same terminal device, and the group head terminals corresponding to the first terminal device and the second terminal device are the same terminal device.
  • the first control information includes the transmission request information, and the first control information corresponds to a first control information format.
  • the first control information format may include an information field for carrying the transmission request information, that is, the transmission request information corresponds to a dedicated information field in the first control information field.
  • the first control information format may further include an information field for carrying scheduling information, and in this implementation manner, transmission request information and scheduling information can be simultaneously sent to the first device through the first control information format .
  • the transmission request information multiplexes an existing information field in the first control information format.
  • control information overhead can be reduced.
  • the first control information format is a DCI format for scheduling PDSCH or activating SPS PDSCH transmission.
  • the first device is a terminal device
  • the second device is a network device. If the terminal device receives the first control information including the transmission request information, the terminal device determines to send response information to the network device. Further, when the terminal device sends the response information to the network device, the terminal device receives the PDSCH scheduled by the first control information or receives the SPS PDSCH activated by the first control information.
  • the first control information format is a DCI format for scheduling PUSCH or activating CG PUSCH transmission.
  • the first device is a terminal device
  • the second device is a network device. If the terminal device receives the first control information including the transmission request information, the terminal device determines to send response information to the network device. Further, when the terminal device sends the response information to the network device, the terminal device sends the PUSCH scheduled by the first control information or sends the CG PUSCH activated by the first control information.
  • the first control information format is a DCI format for releasing SPS PDSCH or releasing CG PUSCH.
  • the first device is a terminal device
  • the second device is a network device. If the terminal device receives the first control information including the transmission request information, the terminal device determines to send response information to the network device.
  • the response information includes ACK information corresponding to the first control information, for example, the response information is used to indicate that the terminal device has received the DCI for releasing the SPS PDSCH or releasing the CG PUSCH and received the transmission request information. Further, when the terminal device sends the response information to the network device, the terminal device no longer receives the SPS PDSCH or no longer sends the CG PUSCH.
  • the first control information format is a DCI format for activating the configuration authorized physical side channel channel or releasing the configuration authorized physical side channel channel.
  • the first device is a terminal device
  • the second device is a network device. If the terminal device receives the first control information including the transmission request information, the terminal device determines to send response information to the network device.
  • the response information includes ACK information corresponding to the first control information, for example, the response information is used to indicate that the terminal device has received a physical side channel for activating or releasing a configuration authorization DCI and received the transmission request information. Further, in the case that the terminal device sends the response information to the network device, the terminal device may or may not perform transmission of the configuration authorized physical side channel with another terminal device.
  • the first control information format is an SCI format for scheduling PSSCH transmissions.
  • the first device is a first terminal device, and the second device is a second terminal device. If the first terminal device receives the first control information including the transmission request information, the first terminal device determines to send response information to the second terminal device. Further, when the first terminal device sends the response information to the second terminal device, the first terminal device receives the PSSCH scheduled by the first control information.
  • the first control information includes format indication information
  • the format indication information is used to indicate whether the first control information includes the transmission request information.
  • the format indication information may indicate the first control information. Whether the control information is used to send the transmission request information.
  • the format indication information includes 1 bit, when the 1 bit indicates a preset value such as "1", it is used to indicate that the first control information includes transmission request information; when the 1 bit indicates another preset value such as "1" 0", the format indication information is used to indicate that the first control information does not include transmission request information.
  • the transmission request information may be included in the DCI format 1_1 in which the network device schedules the PDSCH through high-layer parameter configuration, and the format indication information is included in the DCI format 1_1.
  • the terminal device receives the DCI corresponding to DCI format 1_1, if the format indication information in the DCI indicates that the DCI includes transmission request information, the terminal device interprets the DCI according to the information field corresponding to the transmission request information; The format indication information indicates that the DCI does not include transmission request information, and the terminal device interprets the DCI according to the information field corresponding to the scheduling PDSCH.
  • whether the second device initiates the request-response process to the first device may be determined according to the content of the transmission request information.
  • the transmission request information includes a resource for transmitting the response information, and the second device may be considered to initiate the request-response process to the first device when transmitting relevant information such as a beam of the response information.
  • the transmission request information can be used to determine whether the second device initiates a request-response process to the first device, and/or the resource, beam, channel access mode and other related information of the first device to send the response information.
  • the resources, beams, channel access methods and other related information for the first device to send the response information may be determined by the transmission request information, or may be pre-defined or configured by high-level parameters, or may be partially configured by all Part of the transmission request information is predefined or configured by high-level parameters, which is not limited in this application.
  • the transmission request information includes at least one of the following information:
  • First indication information at least one frequency domain resource indication information, beam indication information, response resource indication information and channel access indication information, wherein the first indication information is used to indicate whether to initiate the request-response process.
  • the number of bits occupied by the first indication information in the first control information is configured by a network device, for example, configured by a high layer parameter.
  • the number of bits occupied by the first indication information in the first control information is configured by a third device having a management control function, such as a third terminal device, for example, configured through high-level parameters.
  • the first device is a first terminal device
  • the second device is a second terminal device
  • the third terminal device may be the first terminal device, or the second terminal device
  • the control node of the first terminal device, or the control node of the second terminal device the control node of the first terminal device is, for example, the group head terminal of the terminal group to which the first terminal device belongs.
  • the control node of the second terminal device is, for example, a group head terminal of a terminal group to which the second terminal device belongs.
  • the third terminal device and the second terminal device may be the same terminal device. In other cases, the third terminal device and the first terminal device may be the same terminal device, and the group head terminals corresponding to the first terminal device and the second terminal device are the same terminal device.
  • the number of bits occupied by the first indication information in the first control information may also be predefined.
  • the first indication information may be configured by a network device corresponding to the first device or configured by a control node having a management control function for the first device, or be predefined.
  • the configuration mode of the number of bits occupied by the beam indication information, the response resource indication information, the signal access indication information and the frequency domain resource indication information in the first control information and the first indication information is similar, and for the sake of brevity, details are not repeated here.
  • the number of bits occupied by at least one type of information included in the transmission request information in the first control information is determined according to a high-level parameter configured by the network device or the third device; or, the transmission request
  • the number of bits occupied by at least one type of information included in the information in the first control information is predefined.
  • the response resource indication information is in the first state.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate whether the second device initiates the request-response process to the first device.
  • the first indication information is 1 bit, and the value of the 1 bit is used to indicate whether the second device initiates the request-response process to the first device.
  • the 1-bit value is a first preset value, such as 1, it is used to instruct the second device to initiate the request-response process to the first device, and the 1-bit value is the second preset value.
  • the value is set to 0, for example, it is used to indicate that the second device does not initiate the request-response process to the first device.
  • the first indication information is related to the frequency domain resource associated with the first control information. For example, if the first control information is used to schedule or activate physical channel or physical signal transmission on a first bandwidth part (Bandwidth Part, BWP), the first indication information is associated with the first BWP.
  • BWP Bandwidth Part
  • the first indication information is carried in a dedicated information field in the first control information.
  • an information field may be added to the first control information for carrying the first indication information.
  • the first indication information may multiplex an existing information field in the first control information.
  • the first control information includes a first information field
  • the first indication information is represented by a first state of the first information field in the first control information.
  • the first information field is used to indicate that a request-response process is not initiated to the first device.
  • the first information field is used to determine whether to initiate the request-response process, or the first information field is not used to determine whether to initiate the request-response process. That is, when the value of the first information field is the first state, the first information field is interpreted according to the first indication information, and when the first information field is not in the first state, it is interpreted according to the original meaning of the first information field.
  • the first state may be an invalid state or a reserved state.
  • the first information field includes at least one information field.
  • the first information field is the information field corresponding to the response resource indication information. If the response resource indication information indicates an invalid response resource, for example, the time domain location of the response resource is not indicated, it means that the second device does not send the first device to the Initiate the request-response process; or, if the response resource indication information indicates a valid response resource, it means that the information field is interpreted according to the response resource indication information, and the second device initiates the request-response to the first device.
  • the response process wherein the response resource used in the request-response process is determined according to the valid response resource indicated by the response resource indication information.
  • the first indication information is represented by the value of some or all bits of the first control information being the second state. For example, when the value of part or all of the bits in the first control information is the second state, the first indication information indicates that the request-response process is not to be initiated, or in other words, the first A control message indicates that the request-response procedure is not initiated.
  • the value of the M bits in the first control information can be used to indicate the first state. If the M bits are all "1" or all "0", it indicates that the first device has not been initiated the request-response process; otherwise, the M bits are interpreted normally.
  • the at least one frequency domain resource indication information is associated with at least one cell or at least one BWP or at least one frequency domain resource set, or in other words, each frequency domain in the at least one frequency domain resource indication information
  • the domain resource indication information is associated with a cell or a BWP or a frequency domain resource set.
  • the first frequency domain resource indication information in the at least one frequency domain resource indication information is associated with the first cell or the first BWP or the first frequency domain resource set.
  • the first frequency domain resource indication information is used to indicate whether the second device initiates the request to the first device on the first cell or the first BWP or the first frequency domain resource set - a response process, or the first frequency domain resource indication information is used to indicate whether to initiate a request-response process corresponding to the first cell or the first BWP or the first frequency domain resource set, or, The first frequency domain resource indication information is used to indicate that the acknowledgement information is associated with the first cell or the first BWP or the first frequency domain resource set.
  • the first cell is a cell corresponding to the first device
  • the first BWP is a BWP corresponding to the first cell
  • the first frequency domain resource set is the first A set of frequency domain resources corresponding to a BWP.
  • the first BWP is an activated BWP.
  • the at least one frequency domain resource indication information includes first frequency domain resource indication information, the first frequency domain resource indication information is associated with the first cell, wherein the first frequency domain resource indication information is used to indicate the whether the second device initiates the request-response process corresponding to the first cell to the first device.
  • the initiating the request-response process corresponding to the first cell to the first device may refer to initiating the request-response process on the first cell, or initiating the request-response process on the second cell.
  • the request-response process, wherein the second cell and the first cell have a corresponding relationship.
  • the first frequency domain resource indication information is 1 bit
  • the value of the 1 bit is used to indicate whether the second device initiates the first device corresponding to the first cell request-response process.
  • the value of the 1 bit is a first preset value such as 1, it is used to instruct the second device to initiate the request-response process corresponding to the first cell to the first device
  • the value of 1 bit is a second preset value such as 0, it is used to instruct the second device to initiate the request-response process corresponding to the first cell to the first device.
  • the first cell can also be replaced with other frequency domain concepts, such as BWP, or a frequency domain resource set, etc., which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application, that is, the frequency domain resource indication information can be related to the cell Associated, or associated with the BWP, or associated with the frequency domain resource set, etc.
  • the beam indication information, response resource indication information, and channel access indication information may be associated with frequency domain resources, or may not be associated with frequency domain resources, that is, the present
  • transmission request information associated with frequency domain resources may be configured, or transmission request information not associated with frequency domain resources may be configured, thereby enabling receiving side auxiliary channel detection with different precisions.
  • the frequency domain resource indication information is carried in a dedicated information field in the first control information.
  • an information field may be added to the first control information for carrying the frequency domain resource indication information.
  • the frequency domain resource indication information may multiplex an existing information domain in the first control information.
  • the first control information includes a second information field, and the frequency domain resource indication information is indicated by a first state of the second information field in the first control information.
  • the second information field when the value of the second information field is the first state, the second information field is used to indicate that the second device does not initiate the associated cell or BWP or frequency domain resources to the first device Set the corresponding request-response process. For another example, when the value of the second information field is not the first state, the second information field is not used to determine whether to initiate the request-response process. For another example, when the value of the second information field is not the first state, the second information field is used to determine that the second device initiates an associated cell or BWP or frequency domain resource to the first device Set the corresponding request-response process.
  • the first information field is interpreted according to the frequency domain resource indication information, and when the second information field is not in the first state, it is interpreted according to the original definition of the second information field.
  • the second information field is the information field corresponding to the response resource indication information, and includes N bits. If the N bits are all "1" or all "0", it means that the second device does not report to the first A device initiates the request-response process corresponding to the associated cell or BWP or frequency domain resource set; otherwise, it means that the information domain is interpreted according to the response resource indication information.
  • the first state may be an invalid state or a reserved state.
  • the frequency domain resource indication information is indicated by the value of some or all bits of the first control information being the second state. For example, when the value of some or all of the bits in the first control information is the second state, it indicates that the second device does not send the first information to the first control corresponding to the associated cell or BWP or frequency domain resource set. A device initiates the request-response procedure.
  • the frequency domain resource indication information includes N bits, where each bit corresponds to one BWP.
  • a certain bit indicates a preset value such as "1”, it is used to indicate that a request-response process corresponding to the BWP is initiated; when a certain bit indicates another preset value such as "0", it is used to indicate that no pairing has been initiated.
  • the request-response process of the BWP where N is a positive integer.
  • the terminal device is configured with N BWPs, and the first control information is transmitted through the first BWP in the N BWPs, the frequency domain resource indication information includes N-1 bits, wherein each bit corresponds to the N bits A BWP other than the first BWP among the BWPs.
  • a certain bit indicates a preset value such as "1”, it is used to indicate that a request-response process corresponding to the BWP is initiated; when a certain bit indicates another preset value such as "0", it is used to indicate that no pairing has been initiated. Should BWP's request-response process.
  • whether to initiate a request-response procedure may be implicitly indicated.
  • the beam indication information is used to determine at least one of the following information: first beam information associated with the first control information, second beam information associated with physical channel transmission, the response Information associated with the third beam information.
  • the beam indication information is used to determine at least one of the following information: first reference signal information associated with the first control information, second reference signal information associated with physical channel transmission, and first reference signal information associated with the acknowledgement information. Three reference signal information.
  • beam information may be replaced with reference signal information or reference signal index or TCI information.
  • the first beam information associated with the first control information may be beam information used to transmit the first control information, or beam information used to determine a transmission beam of the first control information.
  • the first beam information associated with the first control information may be information of a first reference signal having a quasi-co-located QCL relationship with the first control information or a physical channel or physical signal carrying the first control information For example, the index of the first reference signal or the first TCI information.
  • the physical channel carrying the first control information may be PDCCH, PUCCH, or a physical sideline control channel, such as PSCCH, or the like.
  • the physical signal carrying the first control information may be SSB, CSI-RS, or SRS, or a physical sideline signal, such as sideline CSI-RS or phase-tracking reference signals (PT). -RS) etc.
  • the second beam information associated with the physical channel may be beam information for transmitting the physical channel.
  • the beam used for transmitting the physical channel may be determined according to the second beam information associated with the physical channel.
  • the second beam information associated with the physical channel may be information of a second reference signal having a QCL relationship with the physical channel, such as an index of the second reference signal or second TCI information.
  • the physical channel may be a physical channel corresponding to the first control information, for example, a physical channel scheduled or activated by the first control information.
  • the second beam information is beam information for transmitting physical signals.
  • the physical signal may be a physical signal corresponding to the first control information, for example, a physical signal scheduled or activated by the first control information.
  • the first device is a terminal device
  • the second device is a network device
  • the physical channel may include PDSCH, PUSCH, SPS PDSCH or CG PUSCH.
  • the physical signal may include CSI-RS or SRS.
  • the first device is a first terminal device
  • the second device is a second terminal device
  • the physical channel may include a physical sidelink channel, for example, a physical sidelink shared channel (Physical Sidelink). Shared Channel, PSSCH).
  • the physical signals may include reference signals on the sidelink.
  • the third beam information associated with the response information may be beam information used for sending the response information.
  • the third beam information associated with the acknowledgement information may be information of a third reference signal having a QCL relationship with the acknowledgement information or a physical channel or physical signal carrying the acknowledgement information, such as an index of a third reference signal.
  • the third beam information is used for the first device to determine the beam used in the channel access process, and/or the third beam information is used to determine the first device to transmit the beam used for the reply message.
  • the channel access process may be a channel access process corresponding to the first device sending the response information.
  • the first beam information includes at least one of the following:
  • the transmission configuration indicator Transmission Configuration Indicator, TCI
  • TCI Transmission Configuration Indicator
  • the TCI indication information may be used to indicate a quasi-co-located (Quasi-co-located, QCL) reference signal corresponding to a downlink signal or a downlink channel, so that the receiving end can perform a downlink signal or downlink channel based on the QCL reference signal. reception.
  • QCL quasi-co-located
  • the TCI indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following information:
  • TCI state ID used to identify a TCI state
  • a QCL information also includes the following information:
  • QCL type (type) configuration which can be one of QCL type A, QCL type B, QCL type C, and QCL type D;
  • the QCL reference signal configuration includes the ID of the cell where the reference signal is located, the BWP ID, and the identifier of the reference signal (which can be a CSI-RS resource ID or an SSB index).
  • the QCL type of at least one of QCL information 1 and QCL information 2 must be one of typeA, typeB, and typeC, and the QCL type of the other QCL information (if configured) must be QCL type D.
  • 'QCL-TypeA' ⁇ Doppler shift, Doppler spread, average delay, delay spread ⁇ ;
  • the reference signal information associated with the first control information may include a reference signal index associated with the first control information.
  • the second device is a network device
  • the first beam information may include a synchronization signal block (Synchronization Signal Block, SSB) index associated with the first control information, or a channel state information reference signal (Channel State Information Reference Signal, CSI-RS) index.
  • SSB Synchronization Signal Block
  • CSI-RS Channel State Information Reference Signal
  • the first device is configured with a first beam information set
  • the first beam information set includes a plurality of first beam information
  • the beam indication information is used to obtain information from the first beam information set indicates the target first beam information.
  • each first beam information corresponds to a corresponding index
  • the beam indication information may be used to indicate an index of the target first beam information.
  • the first beam information set is configured by a network device or predefined.
  • the first device is configured with a first beam information set, the first beam information set includes a first beam information, and the first device can use the configured first beam information,
  • the beam indication information is not used to indicate the first beam information, or the beam indication information does not include the first beam information, that is, the second device does not need to indicate the first beam information to the first device.
  • the second beam information includes at least one of the following:
  • the physical channel transmits associated reference signal information.
  • the physical channel associated reference signal information may include the physical channel associated reference signal index.
  • the second device is a network device
  • the second beam information may include an SSB index associated with the physical channel transmission, or a CSI-RS index.
  • the first device is configured with a second beam information set
  • the second beam information set includes a plurality of second beam information
  • the beam indication information is used to indicate from the second beam information set Target second beam information.
  • each second beam information corresponds to a corresponding index
  • the beam indication information may be used to indicate the index of the target second beam information.
  • the second beam information set is configured by a network device or predefined.
  • the first device is configured with a second beam information set, and the second beam information set includes one second beam information, then the first device can use the configured one second beam information, In this case, the beam indication information is not used to indicate the second beam information, or the beam indication information does not include the second beam information, that is, the second device does not need to indicate the second beam information to the first device.
  • the third beam information includes reference signal information associated with the response information.
  • the reference signal information associated with the acknowledgement information may include a reference signal index associated with the acknowledgement information.
  • the second device is a network device
  • the third beam information may include a sounding reference signal (Sounding Reference Signal, SRS) index.
  • SRS Sounding Reference Signal
  • the first device is configured with a third beam information set
  • the third beam information set includes a plurality of third beam information
  • the beam indication information is used to indicate from the third beam information set Target third beam information.
  • each third beam information corresponds to a corresponding index
  • the beam indication information may be used to indicate the index of the target third beam information.
  • the third beam information set is configured by a network device, or is predefined.
  • the first device is configured with a third beam information set, and the third beam information set includes a third beam information, and the first device can use the configured third beam information,
  • the beam indication information is not used to indicate the third beam information, or the beam indication information does not include the third beam information, that is, the second device does not need to indicate the third beam information to the first device.
  • the beam indication information further includes second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the third beam information is associated with the first beam information, or the The third beam information is associated with the second beam information.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate that the channel access process corresponding to the response information is associated with the first beam information, or the channel access process corresponding to the response information is associated with the second beam information .
  • the second indication information is used to indicate that the channel access process corresponding to the response information is associated with the first beam information or the second beam information, or the second indication information is used for The channel access process corresponding to the indicated response information is associated with the third beam information.
  • the channel access process corresponding to the response information is the same as the channel access process corresponding to the response information. Whether the first beam information is associated or is associated with the second beam information is determined according to a higher layer parameter.
  • the association between the third beam information and the first beam information may refer to that the third beam information corresponds to the first beam information, or the third beam information is based on the first beam information Information OK.
  • the association between the third beam information and the second beam information may refer to that the third beam information corresponds to the second beam information, or the third beam information is based on the second beam information Information OK.
  • the second indication information includes 1 bit, when the 1 bit indicates a preset value such as "1", it is used to indicate that the third beam information is associated with the first beam information; when the 1 bit indicates another preset value When the value is "0", it is used to indicate that the third beam information is associated with the second beam information.
  • the first device completes the channel access process corresponding to the response information according to at least one of the first beam information, the second beam information, the third beam information, and the second indication information. For example, if the second indication information indicates that the third beam information is associated with the first beam information, the first device determines, according to the first beam information, to use in the channel access process corresponding to the response information or, if the second indication information indicates that the third beam information is associated with the second beam information, the first device determines, according to the second beam information, to access the channel corresponding to the response information beam used in the process.
  • the beam indication information further includes third indication information, where the third indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following information:
  • the first beam information is dedicated beam information for the first device or public beam information
  • the second beam information is dedicated beam information for the first device or public beam information
  • the third beam information is dedicated beam information for the first device or public beam information.
  • the third indication information includes 3 bits, when the 3 bits correspond to the first beam information, the second beam information and the third beam information respectively, the value of each bit is used to indicate whether the corresponding beam information is dedicated to the first device
  • the beam information is still the public beam information.
  • the bit corresponding to the first beam information takes a preset value such as "1”, it is used to indicate that the first beam information is dedicated beam information for the first device; when the bit indicates another preset value such as " When it is 0", it is used to indicate that the first beam information is public beam information.
  • the response resource indication information is used to determine at least one of the following information:
  • resource information where the resource information is used to determine the response resource for transmitting the response information
  • first time domain location information where the first time domain location information is used to determine the time domain location of the response resource
  • downlink allocation indication information where the downlink allocation indication information is used to determine the position of the response information in the feedback codebook
  • Power control information where the power control information is used to determine the transmit power for transmitting the response information.
  • the acknowledgement resources include physical uplink control channel PUCCH resources
  • the resource information includes PUCCH resource indication information, for example, time domain location information and/or frequency domain location information of the PUCCH resources.
  • the acknowledgement resource includes a Physical Sidelink Feedback Channel (PSFCH)
  • the resource information includes PSFCH resource indication information, for example, time domain location information and/or frequency domain location of the PSFCH resource information.
  • the response resource includes a physical random access channel (Physical Random Access Channel, PRACH) resource
  • the resource information includes PRACH resource indication information, for example, time domain location information of the PRACH resource, and/or Frequency domain location information, and/or PRACH sequence index information.
  • the acknowledgment resources include SRS resources
  • the resource information includes SRS resource indication information, for example, time domain location information, and/or frequency domain location information, and/or SRS index information of the SRS resources.
  • the time domain location information of the SRS resource includes the number of symbols included in the corresponding time slot of the SRS.
  • the acknowledgement resources include PUCCH resources
  • the first time domain location information includes HARQ feedback timing indication information.
  • the HARQ feedback timing indication information is used to indicate the values in the HARQ feedback timing set.
  • the HARQ feedback timing set may be preset or configured by the network device, and the HARQ feedback timing set includes at least one K1 value.
  • the first control information may not include the HARQ feedback timing indication, and the time domain position of the HARQ feedback resource is determined according to the K1 value in the HARQ feedback timing set.
  • the HARQ feedback timing set is preset, and the preset value is ⁇ 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 ⁇ .
  • the HARQ feedback timing set configured by the network device includes 4 values, and the HARQ feedback timing indication information includes 2 bits.
  • the HARQ feedback timing indication information is 00, it indicates the first value in the HARQ feedback timing set, when the HARQ feedback timing indication information is 01, it indicates the second value in the HARQ feedback timing set, and so on.
  • the PUCCH resource is used to transmit PUCCH format 0.
  • the acknowledgement resources include PSFCH resources
  • the first time domain location information includes HARQ feedback timing indication information.
  • the acknowledgment resources include PRACH resources
  • the first time domain location information includes random access channel transmission opportunities corresponding to the PRACH resources.
  • the acknowledgment resources include SRS resources
  • the first time domain location information includes time unit information corresponding to the SRS resources.
  • the time unit information corresponding to the SRS resource includes at least one of information such as a time slot corresponding to the SRS, a start symbol of the SRS in the corresponding time slot, and the like.
  • the response information corresponding to multiple frequency domain resources may be transmitted through PUCCH. If the first device needs to feed back response information corresponding to one frequency domain resource through a physical channel or physical signal, the response information corresponding to one frequency domain resource may be transmitted through PUCCH, PRACH or SRS.
  • the network device can synthesize the service load of the terminal devices in the cell, and flexibly configure the resource type corresponding to the response information for different terminal devices, so that the response resources of different terminal devices can be multiplexed and the efficiency of spectrum resource utilization can be improved.
  • the downlink assignment index (DAI) information may include DAI count (counter DAI, C-DAI) information and/or total DAI (Total Downlink Assignment Index, T-DAI) information.
  • the first control information is a first DCI
  • the first DCI is used to schedule a first PDSCH transmission
  • the first DCI further includes second time domain location information, wherein the resource information and the first time-domain location information is used to determine a first PUCCH resource, the resource information and the second time-domain location information are used to determine a second PUCCH resource, and the first PUCCH resource is used to transmit the acknowledgement information, the second PUCCH resource is used to transmit HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the first PDSCH. That is, in this embodiment of the present application, the PUCCH resources used to transmit the HARQ-ACK information and the response information of the PDSCH may be determined according to the same resource information, and the two only need to be distinguished by different time domain location information.
  • the channel access indication information is used to determine at least one of the following information:
  • the length of a cyclic prefix extension (CPE) corresponding to the response information is the length of a cyclic prefix extension (CPE) corresponding to the response information.
  • CPE cyclic prefix extension
  • the CPE length corresponding to the response information is the length of the extended CP of the first symbol of the response information.
  • the channel access mode corresponding to the response information is one of the following: channel access without channel detection, channel access of the first type, and channel access of the second type.
  • the first type of channel access is a channel access manner of randomly backing off multiple listening time slots.
  • the second type of channel access is a channel access manner with a fixed listening time slot length.
  • the first type of channel access may include a first type of channel access corresponding to directional channel detection or a first type of channel access corresponding to omnidirectional channel detection.
  • the second type of channel access may include a second type of channel access corresponding to directional channel detection or a second type of channel access corresponding to omnidirectional channel detection.
  • the channel access mode corresponding to the response information may be one of the following:
  • Channel access without channel detection the first type of channel access corresponding to directional channel detection, the second type of channel access corresponding to directional channel detection, the first type of channel access corresponding to omnidirectional channel detection, the corresponding A second type of channel access for omnidirectional channel detection.
  • the channel access indication information includes indication information for indicating the channel access mode and/or indication information for indicating the length of the CPE.
  • the channel access indication information includes indication information used to indicate the channel access mode and indication information used to indicate the length of the CPE; or, the channel access indication information is used to indicate The channel access mode and the CPE length are jointly coded.
  • the channel access mode and the CPE length may be indicated by different information, or may be indicated by the same information.
  • the channel access indication information is used to indicate the first channel access indication information
  • the first channel access indication information corresponds to a group of configurations in the first configuration set
  • each group of configurations in the first configuration set Including channel access mode and/or extending the cyclic prefix CPE length.
  • the first configuration set includes a set of configurations, and the set of configurations is used to indicate that the channel access mode is channel access without channel detection and/or the CPE length is 0.
  • the channel access indication information is used to indicate the first channel access indication information and the second channel access indication information, and the first channel access indication information is used to indicate one of the at least one channel access mode.
  • the second channel access indication information is used to indicate one of at least one CPE length.
  • the channel detection beam type corresponding to the channel access mode includes corresponding omnidirectional channel detection or corresponding directional channel detection.
  • the channel detection beam type may be omnidirectional or directional.
  • the channel detection beam direction may be a specifically associated beam direction or reference signal index or TCI information.
  • the channel detection beam type corresponding to the channel access mode determined according to the channel access indication information is determined based on high-level parameters configured by the network device or indicated by the channel access indication information or preset; And/or, the channel detection beam direction (that is, the beam used in the channel access process) is determined based on high-layer parameters configured by the network device, or is indicated by the channel access indication information, or is preset.
  • the first control information is a first DCI, where the first DCI is used for scheduling the first PDSCH transmission, and the channel access mode determined according to the channel access indication information is also used for transmission HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the first PDSCH.
  • the first DCI is used for scheduling the first PUSCH transmission, and the channel access mode is also used for the transmission of the first PUSCH.
  • the channel access mode corresponding to the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the first PDSCH is channel access corresponding to directional channel detection
  • the channel access mode corresponding to the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the first PDSCH is the same as the beam used in the channel access process corresponding to the acknowledgment information; or, the beam used in the channel access process corresponding to the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the first PDSCH is based on the beam.
  • the instructions are OK.
  • the beam used in the channel access process corresponding to the first PUSCH and the response information are the same; or, the beams used in the channel access process corresponding to the first PUSCH are determined according to the beam indication information.
  • the first device determines to send the response information (eg, ACK information) to the second device in some embodiments of the present application, in the case that the channel corresponding to the response information is successfully accessed, The first device sends the response information to the second device; in the case that access to the channel corresponding to the response information fails, the first device does not send the response information to the second device.
  • the response information eg, ACK information
  • the second device if the second device receives the response information (eg, ACK information), it is determined that wireless communication can be performed to the first device, such as downlink transmission or sideline transmission. If the second device receives the NACK information or does not receive any response information, it may be determined not to perform wireless communication with the first device, such as downlink transmission or sideline transmission.
  • the response information eg, ACK information
  • the second device in the case where channel detection is required for transmission from the second device to the first device, the second device needs to perform channel detection before transmission, and if the channel detection is successful, it can perform wireless communication with the first device For example, downlink transmission or sideline transmission is performed.
  • the channel access mode corresponding to when the second device sends the first control information to the first device is determined and/or predefined based on high-layer configuration parameters. That is, the channel access mode used by the second device to send the first control information to the first device may be determined according to a high-level configuration parameter, or may be predefined.
  • the embodiments of the present application can be used for information exchange in the receiving side auxiliary channel detection process by designing the format for sending the transmission request information.
  • the first control information may be sent through a dedicated control channel of the first device, and the first control information may include transmission request information of the second device or may include scheduling information of the first device or both Transmission request information and scheduling information of a device.
  • the first device After receiving the transmission request corresponding to the first device included in the first control information, the first device can determine the resources of the response information, the beam information corresponding to the response information, and other related information according to the transmission request information, so as to realize the communication with the first device. Information exchange between two devices.
  • the size of the sequence numbers of the above-mentioned processes does not mean the sequence of execution, and the execution sequence of each process should be determined by its functions and internal logic, and should not be dealt with in the present application.
  • the implementation of the embodiments constitutes no limitation.
  • downlink indicates that the transmission direction of the signal or data is the transmission direction from the station
  • uplink is used to indicate that the transmission direction of the signal or data is the second direction sent from the user equipment of the cell to the site
  • sideline is used to indicate that the transmission direction of the signal or data is The third direction sent from user equipment 1 to user equipment 2.
  • downlink signal indicates that the transmission direction of the signal is the first direction.
  • the term "and/or" is only an association relationship for describing associated objects, indicating that there may be three kinds of relationships. Specifically, A and/or B can represent three situations: A exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone. In addition, the character "/" in this document generally indicates that the related objects are an "or" relationship.
  • FIG. 4 shows a schematic block diagram of a device 400 for wireless communication according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the device 400 includes:
  • a communication unit 410 configured to receive first control information sent by a second device, where the first control information is used by the device to determine whether the second device initiates a request-response process to the device;
  • the processing unit 420 is configured to determine whether to send response information to the second device according to the first control information.
  • the processing unit 420 is specifically configured to:
  • the second device If it is determined according to the first control information that the second device initiates the request-response process to the device, it is determined to send the response information to the second device; or,
  • the second device determines whether the second device does not initiate the request-response process to the device. If it is determined according to the first control information that the second device does not initiate the request-response process to the device, determine not to send the response information to the second device; or,
  • the second device If it is determined according to the first control information that the second device has not initiated the request-response process to the first device, it is determined to send the response information to the second device, where the response information is used to indicate that it does not Transmission is allowed.
  • the device includes a terminal device, the second device includes a network device, and the first control information corresponds to the first downlink control information DCI format.
  • the first DCI format is one of the following DCI formats:
  • the DCI format used to release the configuration authorized physical side channel is the DCI format used to release the configuration authorized physical side channel.
  • the device includes a first terminal device, the second device includes a second terminal device, and the first control information corresponds to the SCI format of the first sideline control information.
  • the first SCI format includes an SCI format for scheduling a physical side row shared channel PSSCH.
  • processing unit 420 is further configured to:
  • Whether the second device initiates the request-response process to the device is determined according to whether the first control information includes transmission request information.
  • the processing unit 420 is specifically configured to:
  • the first control information includes the transmission request information, it is determined that the second device initiates the request-response process to the device; or,
  • the second device does not initiate the request-response process to the device.
  • whether the transmission request information is included in the first control information is determined according to a higher layer parameter, or is predefined.
  • the first control information includes transmission request information
  • the transmission request information includes at least one of the following information:
  • First indication information at least one frequency domain resource indication information, beam indication information, response resource indication information and channel access indication information, wherein the first indication information is used to indicate whether to initiate the request-response process.
  • the first indication information is used to instruct the second device to initiate the request-response process to the device; or,
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that the second device does not initiate the request-response process to the device.
  • the at least one frequency domain resource indication information is associated with at least one cell or at least one bandwidth part BWP or at least one frequency domain resource set.
  • the first frequency domain resource indication information in the at least one frequency domain resource indication information is associated with the first cell or the first BWP or the first frequency domain resource set, and the first frequency domain resource indication information is used for to indicate whether the second device initiates the request-response procedure to the first device on the first cell or the first BWP or the first set of frequency domain resources, wherein the first The cell is a cell corresponding to the first device, the first BWP is a BWP corresponding to the first cell, and the first frequency domain resource set is a frequency domain resource set corresponding to the first BWP.
  • the first indication information is carried in a dedicated information field in the first control information; or,
  • the first indication information is indicated by the first state of the first information field in the first control information, wherein when the value of the first information field is the first state, the first information field is used to indicate that the request-response procedure is not to be initiated; or,
  • the first indication information is indicated by the value of part or all of the bits in the first control information as the second state, wherein the value of the part or all of the bits in the first control information is all In the second state, the first indication information indicates that the request-response process is not initiated.
  • the beam indication information is used to determine at least one of the following:
  • the first beam information includes at least one of the following:
  • the transmission configuration associated with the first control information indicates TCI indication information
  • the second beam information includes at least one of the following:
  • the physical channel transmits associated reference signal information.
  • the third beam information includes reference signal information associated with the acknowledgement information.
  • the beam indication information is used to determine the third beam information associated with the reply information, the third beam information is used to determine the beam used in the channel access process, and/or the The third beam information is used to determine the beam used by the device to send the reply information.
  • the beam indication information further includes second indication information, wherein the second indication information is used to indicate that the third beam information is associated with the first beam information, or the third beam information is associated with the first beam information. Beam information is associated with the second beam information.
  • the beam indication information further includes third indication information, wherein the third indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following information:
  • the first beam information is the beam information dedicated to the device or the public beam information
  • the second beam information is the device-specific beam information or the public beam information
  • the third beam information is the device-specific beam information or the public beam information.
  • the response resource indication information is used to determine at least one of the following information:
  • resource information where the resource information is used to determine the response resource for transmitting the response information
  • first time domain location information where the first time domain location information is used to determine the time domain location of the response resource
  • downlink allocation indication information where the downlink allocation indication information is used to determine the position of the response information in the feedback codebook
  • Power control information where the power control information is used to determine the transmit power for transmitting the response information.
  • the acknowledgment resources include physical uplink control channel PUCCH resources, and the resource information includes PUCCH resource indication information; or,
  • the response resources include physical random access channel PRACH resources, and the resource information includes PRACH resource indication information; or,
  • the response resources include SRS resources, and the resource information includes SRS resource indication information.
  • the acknowledgment resources include PUCCH resources
  • the first time domain location information includes hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) feedback timing indication information
  • the response resources include PRACH resources, and the first time domain location information includes random access channel transmission opportunities corresponding to the PRACH resources;
  • the response resources include SRS resources, and the first time domain location information includes time unit information corresponding to the SRS resources.
  • the first control information is a first DCI
  • the first DCI is used to schedule a first PDSCH transmission
  • the first DCI further includes second time domain location information, wherein the resource information and the first time-domain location information is used to determine a first PUCCH resource, the resource information and the second time-domain location information are used to determine a second PUCCH resource, and the first PUCCH resource is used to transmit the acknowledgement information, the second PUCCH resource is used to transmit HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the first PDSCH.
  • the channel access indication information is used to determine at least one of the following information:
  • the length of the extended cyclic prefix CPE corresponding to the response information is the length of the extended cyclic prefix CPE corresponding to the response information.
  • the channel access mode corresponding to the response information is one of the following: channel access without channel detection, channel access of the first type, and channel access of the second type.
  • the first type of channel access is a channel access manner of randomly backing off multiple listening time slots; and/or,
  • the second type of channel access is a channel access manner with a fixed listening time slot length.
  • the channel access indication information includes indication information for indicating the channel access mode and/or indication information for indicating the length of the CPE.
  • the first control information is a first DCI, where the first DCI is used to schedule transmission of the first PDSCH, and the channel access mode is also used to transmit HARQ corresponding to the first PDSCH - ACK information; or,
  • the first DCI is used to schedule the first PUSCH transmission, and the channel access mode is also used to transmit the first PUSCH.
  • the first control information includes transmission request information, and the number of bits occupied by at least one type of information included in the transmission request information in the first control information is determined according to high-level parameters; or,
  • the number of bits occupied by at least one type of information included in the transmission request information in the first control information is predefined.
  • the first control information is control information specific to the device.
  • the above-mentioned communication unit may be a communication interface or a transceiver, or an input/output interface of a communication chip or a system-on-chip.
  • the aforementioned processing unit may be one or more processors.
  • the device 400 according to the embodiment of the present application may correspond to the first device in the method embodiment of the present application, and the above-mentioned and other operations and/or functions of the various units in the terminal device 400 are respectively for realizing the method shown in FIG. 3 .
  • the corresponding process of the first device in 300 is not repeated here for brevity.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic block diagram of a device for wireless communication according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the apparatus 500 of FIG. 5 includes:
  • the communication unit 510 is configured to send first control information to the first device, where the first control information is used for the first device to determine whether the device 500 initiates a request-response process to the first device.
  • the first device includes a terminal device, the device includes a network device, and the first control information corresponds to a first downlink control information DCI format.
  • the first DCI format is one of the following DCI formats:
  • the DCI format used to release the configuration authorized physical side channel is the DCI format used to release the configuration authorized physical side channel.
  • the first device includes a first terminal device, the device includes a second terminal device, and the first control information corresponds to the SCI format of the first sideline control information.
  • the first SCI format includes an SCI format for scheduling a physical side row shared channel PSSCH.
  • whether the first control information includes transmission request information is used to determine whether the device initiates the request-response procedure to the first device.
  • whether the transmission request information is included in the first control information is determined according to a higher layer parameter, or is predefined.
  • the first control information includes transmission request information
  • the transmission request information includes at least one of the following information:
  • First indication information at least one frequency domain resource indication information, beam indication information, response resource indication information and channel access indication information, wherein the first indication information is used to indicate whether to initiate the request-response process.
  • the first indication information is used to instruct the device to initiate the request-response process to the first device; or,
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that the device does not initiate the request-response process to the first device.
  • the at least one frequency domain resource indication information is associated with at least one cell or at least one bandwidth part BWP or at least one frequency domain resource set.
  • the first frequency domain resource indication information in the at least one frequency domain resource indication information is associated with the first cell or the first BWP or the first frequency domain resource set, and the first frequency domain resource indication information is used for to indicate whether the second device initiates the request-response procedure to the first device on the first cell or the first BWP or the first set of frequency domain resources, wherein the first The cell is a cell corresponding to the first device, the first BWP is a BWP corresponding to the first cell, and the first frequency domain resource set is a frequency domain resource set corresponding to the first BWP.
  • the first indication information is carried in a dedicated information field in the first control information; or,
  • the first indication information is indicated by the first state of the first information field in the first control information, wherein when the value of the first information field is the first state, the first information field is used to indicate that the request-response procedure is not to be initiated; or,
  • the first indication information is indicated by the value of part or all of the bits in the first control information as the second state, wherein the value of the part or all of the bits in the first control information is all In the second state, the first indication information indicates that the request-response process is not initiated.
  • the beam indication information is used to determine at least one of the following:
  • the first beam information includes at least one of the following:
  • the transmission configuration associated with the first control information indicates TCI indication information
  • the second beam information includes at least one of the following:
  • the physical channel transmits associated reference signal information.
  • the third beam information includes reference signal information associated with the acknowledgement information.
  • the beam indication information is used to determine third beam information associated with the acknowledgement information, the third beam information is used by the first device to determine a beam used in a channel access procedure, and /or, the third beam information is used to determine a beam used by the first device to send the response information.
  • the beam indication information further includes second indication information, wherein the second indication information is used to indicate that the third beam information is associated with the first beam information, or the third beam information is associated with the first beam information. Beam information is associated with the second beam information.
  • the beam indication information further includes third indication information, wherein the third indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following information:
  • the first beam information is dedicated beam information for the first device or public beam information
  • the second beam information is dedicated beam information for the first device or public beam information
  • the third beam information is dedicated beam information for the first device or public beam information.
  • the response resource indication information is used to determine at least one of the following information:
  • resource information where the resource information is used to determine the response resource for transmitting the response information
  • first time domain location information where the first time domain location information is used to determine the time domain location of the response resource
  • downlink allocation indication information where the downlink allocation indication information is used to determine the position of the response information in the feedback codebook
  • Power control information where the power control information is used to determine the transmit power for transmitting the response information.
  • the acknowledgment resources include physical uplink control channel PUCCH resources, and the resource information includes PUCCH resource indication information; or,
  • the response resources include physical random access channel PRACH resources, and the resource information includes PRACH resource indication information; or,
  • the response resources include SRS resources, and the resource information includes SRS resource indication information.
  • the acknowledgment resources include PUCCH resources
  • the first time domain location information includes hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) feedback timing indication information
  • the response resources include PRACH resources, and the first time domain location information includes random access channel transmission opportunities corresponding to the PRACH resources;
  • the response resources include SRS resources, and the first time domain location information includes time unit information corresponding to the SRS resources.
  • the first control information is a first DCI
  • the first DCI is used to schedule a first PDSCH transmission
  • the first DCI further includes second time domain location information, wherein the resource information and the first time-domain location information is used to determine a first PUCCH resource, the resource information and the second time-domain location information are used to determine a second PUCCH resource, and the first PUCCH resource is used to transmit the acknowledgement information, the second PUCCH resource is used to transmit HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the first PDSCH.
  • the channel access indication information is used to determine at least one of the following information:
  • the length of the extended cyclic prefix CPE corresponding to the response information is the length of the extended cyclic prefix CPE corresponding to the response information.
  • the channel access mode corresponding to the response information is one of the following: channel access without channel detection, channel access of the first type, and channel access of the second type.
  • the first type of channel access is a channel access manner of randomly backing off multiple listening time slots; and/or,
  • the second type of channel access is a channel access manner with a fixed listening time slot length.
  • the channel access indication information includes indication information for indicating the channel access mode and/or indication information for indicating the length of the CPE.
  • the first control information is a first DCI, where the first DCI is used to schedule transmission of the first PDSCH, and the channel access mode is also used to transmit HARQ corresponding to the first PDSCH - ACK information; or,
  • the first DCI is used to schedule the first PUSCH transmission, and the channel access mode is also used to transmit the first PUSCH.
  • the first control information includes transmission request information, and the number of bits occupied by at least one type of information included in the transmission request information in the first control information is determined according to high-level parameters; or,
  • the number of bits occupied by at least one type of information included in the transmission request information in the first control information is predefined.
  • the first control information is control information specific to the first device.
  • the above-mentioned communication unit may be a communication interface or a transceiver, or an input/output interface of a communication chip or a system-on-chip.
  • the aforementioned processing unit may be one or more processors.
  • the device 500 according to the embodiment of the present application may correspond to the second device in the method embodiment of the present application, and the above-mentioned and other operations and/or functions of each unit in the device 500 are respectively for realizing the method 300 shown in FIG. 3 .
  • the corresponding process of the second device in the above will not be repeated here.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 600 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 600 shown in FIG. 6 includes a processor 610, and the processor 610 can call and run a computer program from a memory, so as to implement the method in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 600 may further include a memory 620 .
  • the processor 610 may call and run a computer program from the memory 620 to implement the methods in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the memory 620 may be a separate device independent of the processor 610 , or may be integrated in the processor 610 .
  • the communication device 600 may further include a transceiver 630, and the processor 610 may control the transceiver 630 to communicate with other devices, and specifically, may send information or data to other devices , or receive information or data sent by other devices.
  • the transceiver 630 may include a transmitter and a receiver.
  • the transceiver 630 may further include antennas, and the number of the antennas may be one or more.
  • the communication device 600 may specifically be the network device of the embodiments of the present application, and the communication device 600 may implement the corresponding processes implemented by the network device in each method of the embodiments of the present application. For brevity, in This will not be repeated here.
  • the communication device 600 may specifically be the first device or the second device of the embodiments of the present application, and the communication device 600 may implement the first device or the second device in each method of the embodiments of the present application. For the sake of brevity, the corresponding process implemented by the device will not be repeated here.
  • the transceiver 630 may correspond to the communication unit 410 of the device 400
  • the processor 610 may correspond to the processing unit 420 in the device 400 .
  • the transceiver 630 may correspond to the communication unit 510 of the device 500 .
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of a chip according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the chip 700 shown in FIG. 7 includes a processor 710, and the processor 710 can call and run a computer program from a memory, so as to implement the method in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the chip 700 may further include a memory 720 .
  • the processor 710 may call and run a computer program from the memory 720 to implement the methods in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the memory 720 may be a separate device independent of the processor 710 , or may be integrated in the processor 710 .
  • the chip 700 may further include an input interface 730 .
  • the processor 710 may control the input interface 730 to communicate with other devices or chips, and specifically, may acquire information or data sent by other devices or chips.
  • the chip 700 may further include an output interface 740 .
  • the processor 710 can control the output interface 740 to communicate with other devices or chips, and specifically, can output information or data to other devices or chips.
  • the chip can be applied to the network device in the embodiments of the present application, and the chip can implement the corresponding processes implemented by the network device in each method of the embodiments of the present application. Repeat.
  • the chip can be applied to the first device or the second device in the embodiments of the present application, and the chip can implement the methods implemented by the first device or the second device in the various methods of the embodiments of the present application.
  • the corresponding process is not repeated here.
  • the chip mentioned in the embodiments of the present application may also be referred to as a system-on-chip, a system-on-chip, a system-on-chip, or a system-on-a-chip, or the like.
  • the processor in this embodiment of the present application may be an integrated circuit chip, which has a signal processing capability.
  • each step of the above method embodiments may be completed by a hardware integrated logic circuit in a processor or an instruction in the form of software.
  • the above-mentioned processor can be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor (Digital Signal Processor, DSP), an application specific integrated circuit (Application Specific Integrated Circuit, ASIC), an off-the-shelf programmable gate array (Field Programmable Gate Array, FPGA) or other available Programming logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components.
  • DSP Digital Signal Processor
  • ASIC Application Specific Integrated Circuit
  • FPGA Field Programmable Gate Array
  • a general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may be any conventional processor or the like.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in conjunction with the embodiments of the present application may be directly embodied as executed by a hardware decoding processor, or executed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor.
  • the software modules may be located in random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers and other storage media mature in the art.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory, and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware.
  • the memory in this embodiment of the present application may be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory.
  • the non-volatile memory may be a read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), a programmable read-only memory (Programmable ROM, PROM), an erasable programmable read-only memory (Erasable PROM, EPROM), an electrically programmable read-only memory (Erasable PROM, EPROM). Erase programmable read-only memory (Electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • Volatile memory may be Random Access Memory (RAM), which acts as an external cache.
  • RAM Static RAM
  • DRAM Dynamic RAM
  • SDRAM Synchronous DRAM
  • SDRAM double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • Double Data Rate SDRAM DDR SDRAM
  • enhanced SDRAM ESDRAM
  • synchronous link dynamic random access memory Synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM
  • Direct Rambus RAM Direct Rambus RAM
  • the memory in the embodiment of the present application may also be a static random access memory (static RAM, SRAM), a dynamic random access memory (dynamic RAM, DRAM), Synchronous dynamic random access memory (synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous connection Dynamic random access memory (synch link DRAM, SLDRAM) and direct memory bus random access memory (Direct Rambus RAM, DR RAM) and so on. That is, the memory in the embodiments of the present application is intended to include but not limited to these and any other suitable types of memory.
  • Embodiments of the present application further provide a computer-readable storage medium for storing a computer program.
  • the computer-readable storage medium can be applied to the network device in the embodiments of the present application, and the computer program enables the computer to execute the corresponding processes implemented by the network device in the various methods of the embodiments of the present application.
  • the computer program enables the computer to execute the corresponding processes implemented by the network device in the various methods of the embodiments of the present application.
  • the computer-readable storage medium can be applied to the mobile terminal/terminal device in the embodiments of the present application, and the computer program causes the computer to execute the mobile terminal/terminal device in each method of the embodiments of the present application.
  • the computer program causes the computer to execute the mobile terminal/terminal device in each method of the embodiments of the present application.
  • the corresponding process of implementation will not be repeated here.
  • Embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product, including computer program instructions.
  • the computer program product can be applied to the network device in the embodiments of the present application, and the computer program instructions cause the computer to execute the corresponding processes implemented by the network device in each method of the embodiments of the present application. Repeat.
  • the computer program product may be applied to the mobile terminal/terminal device in the embodiments of the present application, and the computer program instructions cause the computer to execute the various methods of the embodiments of the present application and be implemented by the mobile terminal/terminal device The corresponding process, for the sake of brevity, will not be repeated here.
  • the embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program.
  • the computer program can be applied to the network device in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the computer program When the computer program is run on the computer, it causes the computer to execute the corresponding processes implemented by the network device in each method of the embodiments of the present application. For the sake of brevity. , and will not be repeated here.
  • the computer program can be applied to the mobile terminal/terminal device in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the computer program is executed by the mobile terminal in each method of the embodiments of the present application. / The corresponding process implemented by the terminal device is not repeated here for the sake of brevity.
  • the disclosed system, apparatus and method may be implemented in other manners.
  • the apparatus embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
  • multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented.
  • the shown or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be through some interfaces, indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution in this embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically alone, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the functions, if implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products, may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the present application can be embodied in the form of a software product in essence, or the part that contributes to the prior art or the part of the technical solution.
  • the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage medium includes: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program codes .

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

A wireless communication method and device, the method comprising: a first device receiving first control information sent by a second device, wherein the first control information is used for the first device to determine whether the second device initiates a request-response process to the first device; and the first device determining, according to the first control information, whether to send response information to the second device.

Description

无线通信的方法和设备Method and device for wireless communication 技术领域technical field

本申请实施例涉及通信领域,具体涉及一种无线通信的方法和设备。The embodiments of the present application relate to the field of communications, and in particular, to a method and device for wireless communication.

背景技术Background technique

通信设备使用非授权频谱必须满足的法规要求,例如通信设备需要遵循“先听后说(Listen Before Talk,LBT)”原则,即通信设备在非授权频谱的信道上进行信号发送前,需要先进行信道检测,只有当信道检测结果为信道空闲时,该通信设备才能进行信号发送;如果通信设备在非授权频谱的信道上的信道检测结果为信道忙,该通信设备不能进行信号发送。Regulatory requirements that communications equipment must meet when using unlicensed spectrum. For example, communications equipment needs to follow the "Listen Before Talk (LBT)" principle, that is, before communications equipment sends signals on unlicensed spectrum channels, it needs to In channel detection, the communication device can send signals only when the channel detection result is that the channel is idle; if the channel detection result of the communication device on the channel of the unlicensed spectrum is that the channel is busy, the communication device cannot perform signal transmission.

随着新无线(New Radio,NR)系统的演进,引入了高频频段,对于有LBT要求的国家和地区,LBT方式(即信道接入方式)可以包括全向LBT、定向LBT、接收侧辅助LBT和不做LBT等。由于高频频段比较高,高频频段上的非授权频谱上的LBT方式和传统频段上的非授权频谱上的LBT方式不同,因此,如何在高频频段上的NR-U系统中支持基于收发交互的信道或信号传输是一项急需解决的问题。With the evolution of the New Radio (NR) system, high-frequency frequency bands have been introduced. For countries and regions that have LBT requirements, the LBT mode (ie, channel access mode) can include omnidirectional LBT, directional LBT, and receiving side assistance. LBT and not doing LBT etc. Because the high-frequency frequency band is relatively high, the LBT method on the unlicensed spectrum on the high-frequency frequency band is different from the LBT method on the unlicensed spectrum on the traditional frequency band. The channel or signaling of interaction is an urgent problem to be solved.

发明内容SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION

本申请提供了一种无线通信的方法和设备,能够实现通信设备之间的接收测辅助LBT。The present application provides a method and a device for wireless communication, which can realize the receiving and measuring assisted LBT between communication devices.

第一方面,提供了一种无线通信的方法,包括:第一设备接收第二设备发送的第一控制信息,所述第一控制信息用于所述第一设备确定所述第二设备是否向所述第一设备发起请求-应答过程;In a first aspect, a method for wireless communication is provided, comprising: a first device receiving first control information sent by a second device, where the first control information is used by the first device to determine whether the second device sends the first device initiates a request-response process;

所述第一设备根据所述第一控制信息确定是否向所述第二设备发送应答信息。The first device determines whether to send response information to the second device according to the first control information.

第二方面,提供了一种无线通信的方法,包括:第二设备向第一设备发送第一控制信息,所述第一控制信息用于所述第一设备确定所述第二设备是否向所述第一设备发起请求-应答过程。In a second aspect, a method for wireless communication is provided, comprising: a second device sending first control information to a first device, where the first control information is used by the first device to determine whether the second device sends The first device initiates a request-response process.

第三方面,提供了一种终端设备,用于执行上述第一方面或其各实现方式中的方法。In a third aspect, a terminal device is provided for executing the method in the above-mentioned first aspect or each implementation manner thereof.

具体地,该终端设备包括用于执行上述第一方面或其各实现方式中的方法的功能模块。Specifically, the terminal device includes a functional module for executing the method in the above-mentioned first aspect or each implementation manner thereof.

第四方面,提供了一种网络设备,用于执行上述第二方面或其各实现方式中的方法。In a fourth aspect, a network device is provided for executing the method in the second aspect or each of its implementations.

具体地,该网络设备包括用于执行上述第二方面或其各实现方式中的方法的功能模块。Specifically, the network device includes functional modules for executing the methods in the second aspect or the respective implementation manners thereof.

第五方面,提供了一种终端设备,包括处理器和存储器。该存储器用于存储计算机程序,该处理器用于调用并运行该存储器中存储的计算机程序,执行上述第一方面或其各实现方式中的方法。In a fifth aspect, a terminal device is provided, including a processor and a memory. The memory is used for storing a computer program, and the processor is used for calling and running the computer program stored in the memory to execute the method in the above-mentioned first aspect or each implementation manner thereof.

第六方面,提供了一种网络设备,包括处理器和存储器。该存储器用于存储计算机程序,该处理器用于调用并运行该存储器中存储的计算机程序,执行上述第二方面或其各实现方式中的方法。In a sixth aspect, a network device is provided, including a processor and a memory. The memory is used to store a computer program, and the processor is used to call and run the computer program stored in the memory to execute the method in the second aspect or each of its implementations.

第七方面,提供了一种芯片,用于实现上述第一方面至第二方面中的任一方面或其各实现方式中的方法。In a seventh aspect, a chip is provided for implementing any one of the above-mentioned first aspect to the second aspect or the method in each implementation manner thereof.

具体地,该芯片包括:处理器,用于从存储器中调用并运行计算机程序,使得安装有该装置的设备执行如上述第一方面至第二方面中的任一方面或其各实现方式中的方法。Specifically, the chip includes: a processor for invoking and running a computer program from a memory, so that a device in which the device is installed executes any one of the above-mentioned first to second aspects or each of its implementations method.

第八方面,提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,用于存储计算机程序,该计算机程序使得计算机执行上述第一方面至第二方面中的任一方面或其各实现方式中的方法。In an eighth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided for storing a computer program, the computer program causing a computer to execute the method in any one of the above-mentioned first aspect to the second aspect or each of its implementations.

第九方面,提供了一种计算机程序产品,包括计算机程序指令,所述计算机程序指令使得计算机执行上述第一方面至第二方面中的任一方面或其各实现方式中的方法。In a ninth aspect, a computer program product is provided, comprising computer program instructions, the computer program instructions causing a computer to execute the method in any one of the above-mentioned first to second aspects or the implementations thereof.

第十方面,提供了一种计算机程序,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第一方面至第二方面中的任一方面或其各实现方式中的方法。In a tenth aspect, there is provided a computer program which, when run on a computer, causes the computer to perform the method in any one of the above-mentioned first to second aspects or the respective implementations thereof.

通过上述技术方案,第二设备通过发送第一控制信息,向接收侧的第一设备指示第二设备是否发起请求-应答过程,从而可以用于第一设备和第二设备之间的基于收发交互的信道或信号传输。Through the above technical solution, the second device indicates to the first device on the receiving side whether the second device initiates a request-response process by sending the first control information, so that it can be used for the interaction between the first device and the second device based on sending and receiving channel or signal transmission.

附图说明Description of drawings

图1A-图1C是本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统架构的示意性图。1A-1C are schematic diagrams of a communication system architecture provided by an embodiment of the present application.

图2是基于RTS/CTS的信息传输示意图。FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of information transmission based on RTS/CTS.

图3是根据本申请实施例提供的一种无线通信的方法的示意性交互图。FIG. 3 is a schematic interaction diagram of a method for wireless communication according to an embodiment of the present application.

图4是根据本申请实施例提供的一种无线通信的设备的示意性框图。FIG. 4 is a schematic block diagram of a device for wireless communication according to an embodiment of the present application.

图5是根据本申请实施例提供的一种无线通信的设备的示意性框图。FIG. 5 is a schematic block diagram of a device for wireless communication according to an embodiment of the present application.

图6是根据本申请实施例提供的一种通信设备的示意性框图。FIG. 6 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided according to an embodiment of the present application.

图7是根据本申请实施例提供的一种芯片的示意性框图。FIG. 7 is a schematic block diagram of a chip provided according to an embodiment of the present application.

具体实施方式Detailed ways

下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图,对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行描述,显然,所描述的实施例是本申请一部分实施例,而不是全部的实施例。针对本申请中的实施例,本领域普通技术人员在没有做出创造性劳动前提下所获得的所有其他实施例,都属于本申请保护的范围。The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings in the embodiments of the present application. Obviously, the described embodiments are part of the embodiments of the present application, not all of the embodiments. With regard to the embodiments in the present application, all other embodiments obtained by persons of ordinary skill in the art without creative efforts shall fall within the protection scope of the present application.

本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统,例如:全球移动通讯(Global System of Mobile communication,GSM)系统、码分多址(Code Division Multiple Access,CDMA)系统、宽带码分多址(Wideband Code Division Multiple Access,WCDMA)系统、通用分组无线业务(General Packet Radio Service,GPRS)、长期演进(Long Term Evolution,LTE)系统、先进的长期演进(Advanced long term evolution,LTE-A)系统、新无线(New Radio,NR)系统、NR系统的演进系统、非授权频谱上的LTE(LTE-based access to unlicensed spectrum,LTE-U)系统、非授权频谱上的NR(NR-based access to unlicensed spectrum,NR-U)系统、非地面通信网络(Non-Terrestrial Networks,NTN)系统、通用移动通信系统(Universal Mobile Telecommunication System,UMTS)、无线局域网(Wireless Local Area Networks,WLAN)、无线保真(Wireless Fidelity,WiFi)、第五代通信(5th-Generation,5G)系统或其他通信系统等。The technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application can be applied to various communication systems, for example: a Global System of Mobile communication (GSM) system, a Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA) system, a wideband Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA) system (Wideband Code Division Multiple Access, WCDMA) system, General Packet Radio Service (General Packet Radio Service, GPRS), Long Term Evolution (Long Term Evolution, LTE) system, Advanced Long Term Evolution (Advanced long term evolution, LTE-A) system , New Radio (NR) system, evolution system of NR system, LTE (LTE-based access to unlicensed spectrum, LTE-U) system on unlicensed spectrum, NR (NR-based access to unlicensed spectrum) unlicensed spectrum, NR-U) system, Non-Terrestrial Networks (NTN) system, Universal Mobile Telecommunication System (UMTS), Wireless Local Area Networks (WLAN), Wireless Fidelity (Wireless Fidelity, WiFi), fifth-generation communication (5th-Generation, 5G) system or other communication systems, etc.

通常来说,传统的通信系统支持的连接数有限,也易于实现,然而,随着通信技术的发展,移动通信系统将不仅支持传统的通信,还将支持例如,设备到设备(Device to Device,D2D)通信,机器到机器(Machine to Machine,M2M)通信,机器类型通信(Machine Type Communication,MTC),车辆间(Vehicle to Vehicle,V2V)通信,或车联网(Vehicle to everything,V2X)通信等,本申请实施例也可以应用于这些通信系统。Generally speaking, traditional communication systems support a limited number of connections and are easy to implement. However, with the development of communication technology, mobile communication systems will not only support traditional communication, but also support, for example, Device to Device (Device to Device, D2D) communication, Machine to Machine (M2M) communication, Machine Type Communication (MTC), Vehicle to Vehicle (V2V) communication, or Vehicle to everything (V2X) communication, etc. , the embodiments of the present application can also be applied to these communication systems.

,本申请实施例中的通信系统可以应用于载波聚合(Carrier Aggregation,CA)场景,也可以应用于双连接(Dual Connectivity,DC)场景,还可以应用于独立(Standalone,SA)布网场景。, the communication system in the embodiment of the present application can be applied to a carrier aggregation (Carrier Aggregation, CA) scenario, can also be applied to a dual connectivity (Dual Connectivity, DC) scenario, and can also be applied to an independent (Standalone, SA) network deployment scenario.

本申请实施例中的通信系统可以应用于非授权频谱,其中,非授权频谱也可以认为是共享频谱;或者,本申请实施例中的通信系统也可以应用于授权频谱,其中,授权频谱也可以认为是非共享频谱。The communication system in the embodiment of the present application may be applied to an unlicensed spectrum, where the unlicensed spectrum may also be considered as a shared spectrum; or, the communication system in the embodiment of the present application may also be applied to a licensed spectrum, where the licensed spectrum may also be Considered non-shared spectrum.

本申请实施例可应用于非地面通信网络(Non-Terrestrial Networks,NTN)系统,也可应用于地面通信网络(Terrestrial Networks,TN)系统。The embodiments of the present application may be applied to a non-terrestrial communication network (Non-Terrestrial Networks, NTN) system, and may also be applied to a terrestrial communication network (Terrestrial Networks, TN) system.

本申请实施例结合网络设备和终端设备描述了各个实施例,其中,终端设备也可以称为用户设备(User Equipment,UE)、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置等。The embodiments of the present application describe various embodiments in conjunction with network equipment and terminal equipment, where the terminal equipment may also be referred to as user equipment (User Equipment, UE), access terminal, subscriber unit, subscriber station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, user agent or user device, etc.

终端设备可以是WLAN中的站点(STATION,ST),可以是蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(Session Initiation Protocol,SIP)电话、无线本地环路(Wireless Local Loop,WLL)站、个人数字处理(Personal Digital Assistant,PDA)设备、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备、下一代通信系统例如NR网络中的终端设备,或者未来演进的公共陆地移动网络(Public Land Mobile Network,PLMN)网络中的终端设备等。The terminal device can be a station (STATION, ST) in the WLAN, can be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a Session Initiation Protocol (Session Initiation Protocol, SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (Wireless Local Loop, WLL) station, personal digital processing (Personal Digital Assistant, PDA) devices, handheld devices with wireless communication capabilities, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, in-vehicle devices, wearable devices, next-generation communication systems such as end devices in NR networks, or future Terminal equipment in the evolved public land mobile network (Public Land Mobile Network, PLMN) network, etc.

在本申请实施例中,终端设备可以部署在陆地上,包括室内或室外、手持、穿戴或车载;也可以部署在水面上(如轮船等);还可以部署在空中(例如飞机、气球和卫星上等)。In this embodiment of the present application, the terminal device can be deployed on land, including indoor or outdoor, handheld, wearable, or vehicle-mounted; it can also be deployed on water (such as ships, etc.); it can also be deployed in the air (such as airplanes, balloons, and satellites) superior).

在本申请实施例中,终端设备可以是手机(Mobile Phone)、平板电脑(Pad)、带无线收发功能的电脑、虚拟现实(Virtual Reality,VR)终端设备、增强现实(Augmented Reality,AR)终端设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端设备、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端设备、远程医疗(remote medical)中的无线终端设备、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端设备、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端设备、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端设备或智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端设备等。本申请实施例所涉及的终端设备还可以称为终端、用户设备(user equipment,UE)、接入终端设备、车载终端、工业控制终端、UE单元、UE站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端设备、移动设备、UE终端设备、无线通信设备、UE代理或UE装置等。终端设备也可以是固定的或者移动的。In this embodiment of the present application, the terminal device may be a mobile phone (Mobile Phone), a tablet computer (Pad), a computer with a wireless transceiver function, a virtual reality (Virtual Reality, VR) terminal device, and an augmented reality (Augmented Reality, AR) terminal Equipment, wireless terminal equipment in industrial control, wireless terminal equipment in self driving, wireless terminal equipment in remote medical, wireless terminal equipment in smart grid , wireless terminal equipment in transportation safety, wireless terminal equipment in smart city or wireless terminal equipment in smart home, etc. The terminal equipment involved in the embodiments of this application may also be referred to as terminal, user equipment (UE), access terminal equipment, vehicle-mounted terminal, industrial control terminal, UE unit, UE station, mobile station, mobile station, and remote station , remote terminal equipment, mobile equipment, UE terminal equipment, wireless communication equipment, UE proxy or UE device, etc. Terminal devices can also be stationary or mobile.

作为示例而非限定,在本申请实施例中,该终端设备还可以是可穿戴设备。可穿戴设备也可以称为穿戴式智能设备,是应用穿戴式技术对日常穿戴进行智能化设计、开发出可以穿戴的设备的总称,如眼镜、手套、手表、服饰及鞋等。可穿戴设备即直接穿在身上,或是整合到用户的衣服或配件的一种便携式设备。可穿戴设备不仅仅是一种硬件设备,更是通过软件支持以及数据交互、云端交互来实现强大的功能。广义穿戴式智能设备包括功能全、尺寸大、可不依赖智能手机实现完整或者部分的功能,例如:智能手表或智能眼镜等,以及只专注于某一类应用功能,需要和其它设备如智能手机配合 使用,如各类进行体征监测的智能手环、智能首饰等。As an example and not a limitation, in this embodiment of the present application, the terminal device may also be a wearable device. Wearable devices can also be called wearable smart devices, which are the general term for the intelligent design of daily wear and the development of wearable devices using wearable technology, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing and shoes. A wearable device is a portable device that is worn directly on the body or integrated into the user's clothing or accessories. Wearable device is not only a hardware device, but also realizes powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction. In a broad sense, wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-scale, complete or partial functions without relying on smart phones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and only focus on a certain type of application function, which needs to cooperate with other devices such as smart phones. Use, such as various types of smart bracelets, smart jewelry, etc. for physical sign monitoring.

在本申请实施例中,网络设备可以是用于与移动设备通信的设备,网络设备可以是WLAN中的接入点(Access Point,AP),GSM或CDMA中的基站(Base Transceiver Station,BTS),也可以是WCDMA中的基站(NodeB,NB),还可以是LTE中的演进型基站(Evolutional Node B,eNB或eNodeB),或者中继站或接入点,或者车载设备、可穿戴设备以及NR网络中的网络设备(gNB)或者未来演进的PLMN网络中的网络设备或者NTN网络中的网络设备等。In this embodiment of the present application, the network device may be a device for communicating with a mobile device, and the network device may be an access point (Access Point, AP) in WLAN, or a base station (Base Transceiver Station, BTS) in GSM or CDMA , it can also be a base station (NodeB, NB) in WCDMA, it can also be an evolved base station (Evolutional Node B, eNB or eNodeB) in LTE, or a relay station or access point, or in-vehicle equipment, wearable devices and NR networks The network equipment (gNB) in the PLMN network in the future evolution or the network equipment in the NTN network, etc.

作为示例而非限定,在本申请实施例中,网络设备可以具有移动特性,例如网络设备可以为移动的设备。在本申请一些实施例中,网络设备可以为卫星、气球站。例如,卫星可以为低地球轨道(low earth orbit,LEO)卫星、中地球轨道(medium earth orbit,MEO)卫星、地球同步轨道(geostationary earth orbit,GEO)卫星、高椭圆轨道(High Elliptical Orbit,HEO)卫星等。在本申请一些实施例中,网络设备还可以为设置在陆地、水域等位置的基站。As an example and not a limitation, in this embodiment of the present application, the network device may have a mobile feature, for example, the network device may be a mobile device. In some embodiments of the present application, the network device may be a satellite or a balloon station. For example, the satellite may be a low earth orbit (LEO) satellite, a medium earth orbit (MEO) satellite, a geostationary earth orbit (GEO) satellite, a High Elliptical Orbit (HEO) ) satellite etc. In some embodiments of the present application, the network device may also be a base station set in a location such as land or water.

在本申请实施例中,网络设备可以为小区提供服务,终端设备通过该小区使用的传输资源(例如,频域资源,或者说,频谱资源)与网络设备进行通信,该小区可以是网络设备(例如基站)对应的小区,小区可以属于宏基站,也可以属于小小区(Small cell)对应的基站,这里的小小区可以包括:城市小区(Metro cell)、微小区(Micro cell)、微微小区(Pico cell)、毫微微小区(Femto cell)等,这些小小区具有覆盖范围小、发射功率低的特点,适用于提供高速率的数据传输服务。In this embodiment of the present application, a network device may provide services for a cell, and a terminal device communicates with the network device through transmission resources (for example, frequency domain resources, or spectrum resources) used by the cell, and the cell may be a network device ( For example, the cell corresponding to the base station), the cell can belong to the macro base station, or it can belong to the base station corresponding to the small cell (Small cell). Pico cell), Femto cell (Femto cell), etc. These small cells have the characteristics of small coverage and low transmission power, and are suitable for providing high-speed data transmission services.

示例性的,图1A为本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统的架构示意图。如图1A所示,通信系统100可以包括网络设备110,网络设备110可以是与终端设备120(或称为通信终端、终端)通信的设备。网络设备110可以为特定的地理区域提供通信覆盖,并且可以与位于该覆盖区域内的终端设备进行通信。Exemplarily, FIG. 1A is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 1A , the communication system 100 may include a network device 110 , and the network device 110 may be a device that communicates with a terminal device 120 (or referred to as a communication terminal, a terminal). The network device 110 may provide communication coverage for a particular geographic area, and may communicate with terminal devices located within the coverage area.

图1A示例性地示出了一个网络设备和两个终端设备,在本申请一些实施例中,该通信系统100可以包括多个网络设备并且每个网络设备的覆盖范围内可以包括其它数量的终端设备,本申请实施例对此不做限定。FIG. 1A exemplarily shows one network device and two terminal devices. In some embodiments of the present application, the communication system 100 may include multiple network devices and the coverage of each network device may include other numbers of terminals equipment, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.

示例性的,图1B为本申请实施例提供的另一种通信系统的架构示意图。请参见图1B,包括终端设备1101和卫星1102,终端设备1101和卫星1102之间可以进行无线通信。终端设备1101和卫星1102之间所形成的网络还可以称为NTN。在图1B所示的通信系统的架构中,卫星1102可以具有基站的功能,终端设备1101和卫星1102之间可以直接通信。在系统架构下,可以将卫星1102称为网络设备。在本申请一些实施例中,通信系统中可以包括多个网络设备1102,并且每个网络设备1102的覆盖范围内可以包括其它数量的终端设备,本申请实施例对此不做限定。Exemplarily, FIG. 1B is a schematic structural diagram of another communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application. Referring to FIG. 1B , a terminal device 1101 and a satellite 1102 are included, and wireless communication can be performed between the terminal device 1101 and the satellite 1102 . The network formed between the terminal device 1101 and the satellite 1102 may also be referred to as NTN. In the architecture of the communication system shown in FIG. 1B , the satellite 1102 can function as a base station, and the terminal device 1101 and the satellite 1102 can communicate directly. Under the system architecture, satellite 1102 may be referred to as a network device. In some embodiments of the present application, the communication system may include multiple network devices 1102, and the coverage of each network device 1102 may include other numbers of terminal devices, which are not limited in the embodiments of the present application.

示例性的,图1C为本申请实施例提供的另一种通信系统的架构示意图。请参见图1C,包括终端设备1201、卫星1202和基站1203,终端设备1201和卫星1202之间可以进行无线通信,卫星1202与基站1203之间可以通信。终端设备1201、卫星1202和基站1203之间所形成的网络还可以称为NTN。在图1C所示的通信系统的架构中,卫星1202可以不具有基站的功能,终端设备1201和基站1203之间的通信需要通过卫星1202的中转。在该种系统架构下,可以将基站1203称为网络设备。在本申请一些实施例中,通信系统中可以包括多个网络设备1203,并且每个网络设备1203的覆盖范围内可以包括其它数量的终端设备,本申请实施例对此不做限定。Exemplarily, FIG. 1C is a schematic structural diagram of another communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application. Please refer to FIG. 1C , including a terminal device 1201 , a satellite 1202 and a base station 1203 , the terminal device 1201 and the satellite 1202 can communicate wirelessly, and the satellite 1202 and the base station 1203 can communicate. The network formed between the terminal device 1201, the satellite 1202 and the base station 1203 may also be referred to as NTN. In the architecture of the communication system shown in FIG. 1C , the satellite 1202 may not have the function of the base station, and the communication between the terminal device 1201 and the base station 1203 needs to be relayed by the satellite 1202 . Under such a system architecture, the base station 1203 may be referred to as a network device. In some embodiments of the present application, the communication system may include multiple network devices 1203, and the coverage of each network device 1203 may include other numbers of terminal devices, which are not limited in the embodiments of the present application.

需要说明的是,图1A-图1C只是以示例的形式示意本申请所适用的系统,当然,本申请实施例所示的方法还可以适用于其它系统,例如,5G通信系统、LTE通信系统等,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。It should be noted that FIG. 1A-FIG. 1C merely illustrate the system to which the present application applies. Of course, the methods shown in the embodiments of the present application may also be applied to other systems, such as a 5G communication system, an LTE communication system, etc. , which is not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.

在本申请一些实施例中,图1A-图1C所示的无线通信系统还可以包括移动性管理实体(Mobility Management Entity,MME)、接入与移动性管理功能(Access and Mobility Management Function,AMF)等其他网络实体,本申请实施例对此不作限定。In some embodiments of the present application, the wireless communication system shown in FIGS. 1A-1C may further include a mobility management entity (Mobility Management Entity, MME), an access and mobility management function (Access and Mobility Management Function, AMF) and other network entities, which are not limited in this embodiment of the present application.

应理解,本申请实施例中网络/系统中具有通信功能的设备可称为通信设备。以图1A示出的通信系统100为例,通信设备可包括具有通信功能的网络设备110和终端设备120,网络设备110和终端设备120可以为上文所述的具体设备,此处不再赘述;通信设备还可包括通信系统100中的其他设备,例如网络控制器、移动管理实体等其他网络实体,本申请实施例中对此不做限定。It should be understood that, in the embodiments of the present application, a device having a communication function in the network/system may be referred to as a communication device. Taking the communication system 100 shown in FIG. 1A as an example, the communication device may include a network device 110 and a terminal device 120 with a communication function, and the network device 110 and the terminal device 120 may be the specific devices described above, which will not be repeated here. ; The communication device may also include other devices in the communication system 100, such as other network entities such as a network controller, a mobility management entity, etc., which are not limited in this embodiment of the present application.

应理解,本文中术语“系统”和“网络”在本文中常被可互换使用。本文中术语“和/或”,仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。另外,本文中字符“/”,一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。It should be understood that the terms "system" and "network" are often used interchangeably herein. The term "and/or" in this article is only an association relationship to describe the associated objects, indicating that there can be three kinds of relationships, for example, A and/or B, it can mean that A exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, and A and B exist independently B these three cases. In addition, the character "/" in this document generally indicates that the related objects are an "or" relationship.

应理解,在本申请的实施例中提到的“指示”可以是直接指示,也可以是间接指示,还可以是表示具有关联关系。举例说明,A指示B,可以表示A直接指示B,例如B可以通过A获取;也可以 表示A间接指示B,例如A指示C,B可以通过C获取;还可以表示A和B之间具有关联关系。It should be understood that the "instruction" mentioned in the embodiments of the present application may be a direct instruction, an indirect instruction, or an associated relationship. For example, if A indicates B, it can indicate that A directly indicates B, for example, B can be obtained through A; it can also indicate that A indicates B indirectly, such as A indicates C, and B can be obtained through C; it can also indicate that there is an association between A and B relation.

在本申请实施例的描述中,术语“对应”可表示两者之间具有直接对应或间接对应的关系,也可以表示两者之间具有关联关系,也可以是指示与被指示、配置与被配置等关系。In the description of the embodiments of the present application, the term "corresponding" may indicate that there is a direct or indirect corresponding relationship between the two, or may indicate that there is an associated relationship between the two, or indicate and be instructed, configure and be instructed configuration, etc.

本申请实施例中的指示信息包括物理层信令(例如下行控制信息(Downlink Control Information,DCI))、无线资源控制(Radio Resource Control,RRC)信令和媒体接入控制单元(Media Access Control Control Element,MAC CE)中的至少一种。The indication information in this embodiment of the present application includes physical layer signaling (for example, downlink control information (Downlink Control Information, DCI)), radio resource control (Radio Resource Control, RRC) signaling, and a media access control unit (Media Access Control Control). Element, MAC CE) at least one.

本申请实施例中的高层参数或高层信令包括系统消息、无线资源控制(Radio Resource Control,RRC)信令和媒体接入控制单元(Media Access Control Control Element,MAC CE)中的至少一种。The high-level parameters or high-level signaling in the embodiments of the present application include at least one of system messages, radio resource control (Radio Resource Control, RRC) signaling, and media access control elements (Media Access Control Control Element, MAC CE).

在本申请一些实施例中,"预定义的"可以通过在设备(例如,包括终端设备和网络设备)中预先保存相应的代码、表格或其他可用于指示相关信息的方式来实现,本申请对于其具体的实现方式不做限定。比如预定义的可以是指协议中定义的。In some embodiments of the present application, "predefined" may be implemented by pre-saving corresponding codes, forms, or other means that can be used to indicate relevant information in devices (for example, including terminal devices and network devices). The specific implementation manner thereof is not limited. For example, predefined may refer to the definition in the protocol.

在本申请一些实施例中,所述"协议"可以指通信领域的标准协议,例如可以包括LTE协议、NR协议以及应用于未来的通信系统中的相关协议,本申请对此不做限定。In some embodiments of the present application, the "protocol" may refer to a standard protocol in the communication field, for example, may include LTE protocol, NR protocol, and related protocols applied in future communication systems, which are not limited in this application.

为便于更好的理解本申请实施例,首先对本申请相关技术进行说明。In order to facilitate a better understanding of the embodiments of the present application, the related technologies of the present application are first described.

NR系统目前主要考虑两个频段,FR1(Frequency range 1)和FR2(Frequency range 2),作为一个示例,FR1和FR2包括的频域范围如表1所示。The NR system currently mainly considers two frequency bands, FR1 (Frequency range 1) and FR2 (Frequency range 2). As an example, the frequency domain ranges included in FR1 and FR2 are shown in Table 1.

表1Table 1

频段定义Band Definition 对应频段范围Corresponding frequency range FR1FR1 410MHz–7.125GHz410MHz–7.125GHz FR2FR2 24.25GHz–52.6GHz24.25GHz–52.6GHz

随着NR系统的演进,新的频段例如高频上的技术也开始进行研究。新频段包括的频域范围如表2所示,为便于描述,本申请中用FRX表示,应理解,该频段名称不应构成任何限定。例如,FRX可以为FR3。With the evolution of the NR system, new frequency bands such as high frequency technologies are also being studied. The frequency domain range included in the new frequency band is shown in Table 2. For convenience of description, it is represented by FRX in this application. It should be understood that the name of this frequency band should not constitute any limitation. For example, FRX can be FR3.

表2:新频段范围Table 2: New frequency band ranges

频段定义Band Definition 对应频段范围Corresponding frequency range FRXFRX 52.6GHz–71GHz52.6GHz–71GHz

FRX频段中包括授权频谱,也包括非授权频谱。或者说,FRX频段中包括非共享频谱或专用频谱,也包括共享频谱。The FRX frequency band includes licensed spectrum as well as unlicensed spectrum. In other words, the FRX frequency band includes non-shared spectrum or dedicated spectrum, as well as shared spectrum.

非授权频谱是国家和地区划分的可用于无线电设备通信的频谱,该频谱通常被认为是共享频谱,即不同通信系统中的通信设备只要满足国家或地区在该频谱上设置的法规要求,就可以使用该频谱,不需要向政府申请专有的频谱授权。Unlicensed spectrum is the spectrum allocated by countries and regions that can be used for radio equipment communication. This spectrum is generally considered to be shared spectrum, that is, communication equipment in different communication systems can meet the regulatory requirements set by the country or region on the spectrum. To use this spectrum, there is no need to apply for an exclusive spectrum license from the government.

为了让使用非授权频谱进行无线通信的各个通信系统在该频谱上能够友好共存,一些国家或地区规定了使用非授权频谱必须满足的法规要求。例如,通信设备遵循“先听后说(LBT)”原则,即通信设备在非授权频谱的信道上进行信号发送前,需要先进行信道侦听,只有当信道侦听结果为信道空闲时,该通信设备才能进行信号发送;如果通信设备在非授权频谱的信道上的信道侦听结果为信道忙,该通信设备不能进行信号发送。又例如,为了保证公平性,在一次传输中,通信设备使用非授权频谱的信道进行信号传输的时长不能超过一定时间长度。又例如,为了避免在非授权频谱的信道上传输的信号的功率太大,影响该信道上的其他重要信号的传输,通信设备使用非授权频谱的信道进行信号传输时需要遵循不超过最大功率谱密度的限制。需要说明的是,在某些国家或地区,对于FRX频段中包括的非授权频谱,没有LBT的要求。In order to enable various communication systems that use unlicensed spectrum for wireless communication to coexist amicably on this spectrum, some countries or regions have stipulated regulatory requirements that must be met when using unlicensed spectrum. For example, the communication device follows the principle of "listen before talk (LBT)", that is, before the communication device transmits signals on the unlicensed spectrum channel, it needs to perform channel listening first, and only when the channel listening result is that the channel is idle, the Only the communication device can send the signal; if the channel detection result of the communication device on the channel of the unlicensed spectrum is that the channel is busy, the communication device cannot send the signal. For another example, in order to ensure fairness, in one transmission, the duration of signal transmission by the communication device using the channel of the unlicensed spectrum cannot exceed a certain duration. For another example, in order to prevent the power of the signal transmitted on the channel of the unlicensed spectrum from being too large and affecting the transmission of other important signals on the channel, the communication device needs to follow the maximum power spectrum when using the channel of the unlicensed spectrum for signal transmission. Density limit. It should be noted that in some countries or regions, there is no LBT requirement for the unlicensed spectrum included in the FRX frequency band.

非授权频谱上传输的基本概念:Basic concepts of transmission on unlicensed spectrum:

最大信道占用时间(MCOT):指在共享频谱的信道上信道检测(channel sensing)成功后允许使用该信道进行信号传输的最大时间长度。Maximum Channel Occupancy Time (MCOT): Refers to the maximum length of time allowed to use the channel for signal transmission after successful channel sensing on a channel sharing the spectrum.

信道占用时间(Channel Occupancy Time,COT):指在共享频谱的信道上信道检测成功后使用该信道进行信号传输的时间长度,也可以认为是在共享频谱的信道上信道检测成功后占用该信道的时间长度。其中,该时间长度内信号占用信道可以是连续的或不连续的,该时间长度包括发起信道占用的设备和共享信道占用的设备进行信号传输的总时间。Channel Occupancy Time (COT): Refers to the length of time that the channel is used for signal transmission after successful channel detection on the shared spectrum channel. It can also be considered as the channel occupied after the successful channel detection on the shared spectrum channel. length of time. Wherein, the signal occupying the channel may be continuous or discontinuous within the time length, and the time length includes the total time for signal transmission by the device initiating the channel occupation and the device sharing the channel occupation.

网络设备的信道占用时间(gNB/eNB-initiated COT):也称为网络设备发起的COT,指网络设备在共享频谱的信道上信道检测成功后获得的一次信道占用时间。网络设备发起的COT内除了可以用 于网络设备进行传输,也可以在满足一定条件下用于终端设备进行传输。Channel occupation time of network equipment (gNB/eNB-initiated COT): also known as COT initiated by network equipment, it refers to a channel occupation time obtained by network equipment after successful channel detection on the channel of the shared spectrum. The COT initiated by the network device can not only be used for transmission by the network device, but also can be used for transmission by the terminal device under certain conditions.

终端设备的信道占用时间(UE-initiated COT):也称为终端设备发起的COT,指终端设备在共享频谱的信道上信道检测成功后获得的一次信道占用时间。终端设备发起的COT内除了可以用于终端设备进行传输,也可以在满足一定条件下用于网络设备进行传输。UE-initiated COT (UE-initiated COT): Also known as COT initiated by the terminal device, it refers to the channel occupancy time obtained by the terminal device after successful channel detection on the channel of the shared spectrum. The COT initiated by the terminal device can not only be used for transmission by the terminal device, but also can be used for transmission by the network device under certain conditions.

下行传输机会(DL transmission burst):网络设备进行的一组下行传输(即包括一个或多个下行传输),该组下行传输为连续传输(即多个下行传输之间没有空隙),或该组下行传输中有空隙但空隙小于或等于预设值,例如在FR1频段上该预设值为16μs。如果网络设备进行的两个下行传输之间的空隙大于该预设值16μs,那么认为该两个下行传输属于两次下行传输机会。Downlink transmission opportunity (DL transmission burst): A group of downlink transmissions (that is, including one or more downlink transmissions) performed by a network device, the group of downlink transmissions are continuous transmissions (that is, there is no gap between multiple downlink transmissions), or the group of downlink transmissions There is a gap in the downlink transmission but the gap is less than or equal to a preset value, for example, in the FR1 frequency band, the preset value is 16 μs. If the gap between two downlink transmissions performed by the network device is greater than the preset value of 16 μs, it is considered that the two downlink transmissions belong to two downlink transmission opportunities.

上行传输机会(UL transmission burst):一个终端设备进行的一组上行传输(即包括一个或多个上行传输),该组上行传输为连续传输(即多个上行传输之间没有空隙),或该组上行传输中有空隙但空隙小于或等于预设值,例如在FR1频段上该预设值为16μs。如果该终端设备进行的两个上行传输之间的空隙大于该预设值16μs,那么认为该两个上行传输属于两次上行传输机会。Uplink transmission opportunity (UL transmission burst): A group of uplink transmissions (that is, including one or more uplink transmissions) performed by a terminal device, the group of uplink transmissions are continuous transmissions (that is, there is no gap between multiple uplink transmissions), or the There is a gap in the group uplink transmission but the gap is less than or equal to a preset value, for example, in the FR1 frequency band, the preset value is 16 μs. If the gap between two uplink transmissions performed by the terminal device is greater than the preset value of 16 μs, the two uplink transmissions are considered to belong to two uplink transmission opportunities.

应理解,在FRX频段,上述预设值可以为其他值,例如为8μs。本申请对此并不限定。It should be understood that in the FRX frequency band, the above-mentioned preset value may be other values, for example, 8 μs. This application is not limited to this.

信道检测成功:也称为LBT成功或信道检测空闲。例如对信道进行的监听时隙内的能量检测低于能量检测门限。Channel Detection Success: Also known as LBT Success or Channel Detection Idle. For example, the energy detection in the listening time slot performed on the channel is below the energy detection threshold.

信道检测失败:也称为LBT失败或信道检测忙碌。例如对信道进行的监听时隙内的能量检测高于或等于能量检测门限。Channel Detection Failed: Also known as LBT Failure or Channel Detection Busy. For example, the energy detection in the listening time slot of the channel is higher than or equal to the energy detection threshold.

接收侧辅助的信道接入Receive-side assisted channel access

接收侧辅助信道监听是一种基于请求发送/允许发送(Request To Send/Clear To Send,RTS/CTS)机制的LBT方式。如图2所示。网络设备在进行传输前,先发送一个类似于RTS的信号询问终端设备是否准备好进行数据接收。终端设备在收到RTS信号后,如果LBT过程成功,则可以向网络设备发送一个类似于CTS的信号例如上报自己的干扰测量结果,告知网络设备自己已准备好进行数据接收,网络设备在收到CTS后即可向终端设备进行下行传输。或者,如果终端有收设备没到RTS,或终端设备收到RTS但由于LBT过程失败不能发送CTS,则终端设备不会向网络设备发送CTS信号,网络设备在没有收到终端设备的CTS信号的情况下,可放弃向终端设备进行下行传输。Auxiliary channel monitoring on the receiving side is an LBT method based on the Request To Send/Clear To Send (RTS/CTS) mechanism. as shown in picture 2. Before the network device transmits, it first sends a signal similar to RTS to inquire whether the terminal device is ready to receive data. After the terminal device receives the RTS signal, if the LBT process is successful, it can send a signal similar to CTS to the network device, such as reporting its own interference measurement result, informing the network device that it is ready to receive data. After the CTS, downlink transmission can be performed to the terminal equipment. Or, if the terminal receives the RTS and the device does not receive the RTS, or the terminal receives the RTS but cannot send the CTS due to the failure of the LBT process, the terminal will not send the CTS signal to the network device, and the network device will not receive the CTS signal from the terminal In this case, the downlink transmission to the terminal equipment can be abandoned.

FRX频段上的非授权频谱对应的信道接入Channel access corresponding to unlicensed spectrum on the FRX band

在FRX频段上,对于有LBT要求的国家和地区,LBT方式(即信道接入方式)可以包括全向LBT、定向LBT、接收侧辅助LBT和不做LBT等几种方式。其中,对于不做LBT的信道接入方式,可能还需要受限于一定条件例如自动发射功率控制ATPC、DFS、长期干扰检测或其他干扰消除机制等。另外做LBT的信道接入和不做LBT的信道接入之间还可以进行切换。On the FRX frequency band, for countries and regions that have LBT requirements, the LBT mode (ie, channel access mode) can include omnidirectional LBT, directional LBT, receiving-side auxiliary LBT, and no LBT. Among them, the channel access mode without LBT may also need to be limited by certain conditions, such as automatic transmit power control ATPC, DFS, long-term interference detection or other interference elimination mechanisms. In addition, it is possible to switch between channel access with LBT and channel access without LBT.

对于没有LBT要求的国家和地区,也需要考虑是否要引入一定条件例如是否需要应用DFS、应用ATPC、应用长期干扰检测、限制一定的占空比(duty cycle)、限制一定的发射功率、限制MCOT等等。For countries and regions without LBT requirements, it is also necessary to consider whether to introduce certain conditions, such as whether to apply DFS, apply ATPC, apply long-term interference detection, limit a certain duty cycle (duty cycle), limit a certain transmit power, limit MCOT and many more.

在引入FRX频段之后,由于频段比较高,FRX频段上的非授权频谱上的LBT方式和FR1频段上的非授权频谱上的LBT方式不同。例如,在FRX频段上可以引入基于收发交互的信道接入方式,也称为接收侧辅助信道接入方式。因此,如何在FRX频段上的NR-U系统中支持接收侧辅助信道接入(或称接收侧辅助信道检测,接收侧辅助LBT)方式是一项急需解决的问题。After the introduction of the FRX frequency band, due to the relatively high frequency band, the LBT method on the unlicensed spectrum on the FRX frequency band is different from the LBT method on the unlicensed spectrum on the FR1 frequency band. For example, in the FRX frequency band, a channel access method based on transceiver interaction, which is also called a receiving-side auxiliary channel access method, may be introduced. Therefore, how to support the receiving side auxiliary channel access (or called receiving side auxiliary channel detection, receiving side auxiliary LBT) method in the NR-U system on the FRX frequency band is an urgent problem to be solved.

为便于理解本申请实施例的技术方案,以下通过具体实施例详述本申请的技术方案。以上相关技术作为可选方案与本申请实施例的技术方案可以进行任意结合,其均属于本申请实施例的保护范围。本申请实施例包括以下内容中的至少部分内容。In order to facilitate the understanding of the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application, the technical solutions of the present application are described in detail below through specific embodiments. The above related technologies can be arbitrarily combined with the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application as optional solutions, which all belong to the protection scope of the embodiments of the present application. The embodiments of the present application include at least part of the following contents.

图3是根据本申请实施例的无线通信的方法300的示意性交互图,如图3所示,该方法300包括如下内容:FIG. 3 is a schematic interaction diagram of a method 300 for wireless communication according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 3 , the method 300 includes the following contents:

S310,第一设备接收第二设备发送的第一控制信息,所述第一控制信息用于所述第一设备确定所述第二设备是否向所述第一设备发起请求-应答过程;S310, the first device receives first control information sent by the second device, where the first control information is used by the first device to determine whether the second device initiates a request-response process to the first device;

S320,所述第一设备根据所述第一控制信息确定是否向所述第二设备发送应答信息。S320, the first device determines whether to send response information to the second device according to the first control information.

在一些实施例中,所述请求-应答过程用于辅助所述第二设备的信道检测,或者,用于辅助所述第二设备的信道接入。In some embodiments, the request-response procedure is used to assist channel detection by the second device, or to assist channel access by the second device.

在一些实施例中,所述请求-应答过程用于辅助所述第一设备的信道检测,或者,用于辅助所述第一设备的信道接入。In some embodiments, the request-response procedure is used to assist the channel detection of the first device, or to assist the channel access of the first device.

在一些实施例中,所述请求-应答过程可以包括如图2所示的RTS/CTS传输过程。In some embodiments, the request-response process may include an RTS/CTS transmission process as shown in FIG. 2 .

在一些实施例中,所述请求-应答过程可以包括:第二设备向第一设备发起请求例如发送传输请求信息,第一设备在接收到第二设备发送的请求后,向第二设备发送应答信息。In some embodiments, the request-response process may include: the second device initiates a request to the first device, such as sending transmission request information, and the first device sends a response to the second device after receiving the request sent by the second device information.

在本申请一些实施例中,第一设备在接收到第二设备发送的请求后,在满足一定条件的情况下,向第二设备发送应答信息。In some embodiments of the present application, after receiving the request sent by the second device, the first device sends response information to the second device if certain conditions are met.

在一些实施例中,所述应答信息包括混合自动请求重传应答(Hybrid Automatic Repeat request Acknowledgement,HARQ-ACK)信息,或者,应答信息只包括肯定应答(Acknowledgement,ACK)信息。其中,HARQ-ACK信息包括ACK信息或否定应答(Negative Acknowledgement,NACK)信息。In some embodiments, the acknowledgement information includes Hybrid Automatic Repeat request Acknowledgement (HARQ-ACK) information, or the acknowledgement information only includes acknowledgement (Acknowledgement, ACK) information. The HARQ-ACK information includes ACK information or Negative Acknowledgement (Negative Acknowledgement, NACK) information.

在一些实施例中,所述应答信息包括所述第一设备的测量信息,例如CSI测量结果、波束信息、预编码信息、干扰测量结果、RRM或RLM测量结果等。In some embodiments, the response information includes measurement information of the first device, such as CSI measurement results, beam information, precoding information, interference measurement results, RRM or RLM measurement results, and the like.

在一些实施例中,所述应答信息用于向所述第二设备指示是否允许传输,例如,ACK表示允许传输,NACK表示不允许传输。In some embodiments, the acknowledgment information is used to indicate to the second device whether the transmission is allowed, for example, ACK indicates that the transmission is allowed, and NACK indicates that the transmission is not allowed.

在一些实施例中,所述应答信息用于向所述第二设备指示允许传输。In some embodiments, the acknowledgement information is used to indicate to the second device that transmission is permitted.

在本申请一些实施例中,所述第一设备包括终端设备,所述第二设备包括网络设备,所述第一控制信息可以为第一下行控制信息(Downlink Control Information,DCI),所述第一DCI对应第一DCI格式。In some embodiments of the present application, the first device includes a terminal device, the second device includes a network device, the first control information may be first downlink control information (Downlink Control Information, DCI), the The first DCI corresponds to the first DCI format.

在本申请一些实施例中,该第一下行控制信息可以通过物理下行控制信道(Physical Downlink Control Channel,PDCCH)传输,即PDCCH中可以携带该第一下行控制信息。In some embodiments of the present application, the first downlink control information may be transmitted through a physical downlink control channel (Physical Downlink Control Channel, PDCCH), that is, the first downlink control information may be carried in the PDCCH.

在本申请一些实施例中,所述第一DCI格式包括以下DCI格式中的至少一种:In some embodiments of the present application, the first DCI format includes at least one of the following DCI formats:

用于调度物理下行共享信道(Physical Downlink Shared Channel,PDSCH)的DCI格式;The DCI format used to schedule the Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH);

用于激活半持续调度SPS PDSCH的DCI格式;DCI format for activating semi-persistent scheduling SPS PDSCH;

用于释放半持续调度(Semi-Persistent Scheduling,SPS)PDSCH的DCI格式;DCI format used to release semi-persistent scheduling (Semi-Persistent Scheduling, SPS) PDSCH;

用于调度物理上行共享信道(Physical Uplink Shared Channel,PUSCH)的DCI格式;The DCI format for scheduling the Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH);

用于激活配置授权(Configure Grant,CG)PUSCH的DCI格式;DCI format for activating Configure Grant (CG) PUSCH;

用于释放CG PUSCH的DCI格式;DCI format for releasing CG PUSCH;

用于激活配置授权(CG)物理侧行信道的DCI格式;The DCI format used to activate the configuration grant (CG) physical side channel;

用于释放配置授权(CG)物理侧行信道的DCI格式。DCI format for releasing configuration grant (CG) physical side channel.

作为示例,所述第一DCI格式包括DCI格式1_1、DCI格式1_2、DCI格式0_1或DCI格式0_2等。通过现有DCI格式来实现是否发起请求-应答过程的功能而不是引入新的DCI格式,可以避免第一设备检测更多的DCI格式,从而避免增强第一设备的PDCCH盲检测复杂度。As an example, the first DCI format includes DCI format 1_1, DCI format 1_2, DCI format 0_1, or DCI format 0_2, and so on. Using the existing DCI format to implement the function of whether to initiate a request-response process instead of introducing a new DCI format can prevent the first device from detecting more DCI formats, thereby avoiding increasing the complexity of the first device's PDCCH blind detection.

在本申请另一些实施例中,所述第一设备包括第一终端设备,所述第二设备包括第二终端设备,所述第一控制信息可以为第一侧行控制信息(Sidelink Control Information,SCI),所述第一控制信息对应第一SCI格式。In other embodiments of the present application, the first device includes a first terminal device, the second device includes a second terminal device, and the first control information may be first sidelink control information (Sidelink Control Information, SCI), the first control information corresponds to the first SCI format.

在本申请一些实施例中,该第一侧行控制信息可以通过物理侧行控制信道(Physical Sidelink Control Channel,PSCCH)传输,即PSCCH中可以携带该第一侧行控制信息。In some embodiments of the present application, the first sidelink control information may be transmitted through a physical sidelink control channel (Physical Sidelink Control Channel, PSCCH), that is, the first sidelink control information may be carried in the PSCCH.

在一些实施例中,所述第一SCI格式包括用于调度物理侧行共享信道(Physical Sidelink Shared Channel,PSSCH)的SCI格式。In some embodiments, the first SCI format includes an SCI format for scheduling a Physical Sidelink Shared Channel (PSSCH).

作为示例,所述第一SCI格式SCI格式1-A、SCI格式2-A或SCI格式2-B。通过现有SCI格式来实现是否发起请求-应答过程的功能而不是引入新的SCI格式,可以避免第一设备检测更多的SCI格式,从而避免增强第一设备的控制信道盲检测复杂度。As an example, the first SCI format SCI format 1-A, SCI format 2-A or SCI format 2-B. Using the existing SCI format to implement the function of whether to initiate a request-response process instead of introducing a new SCI format can prevent the first device from detecting more SCI formats, thereby avoiding increasing the blind detection complexity of the control channel of the first device.

在本申请又一些实施例中,所述第一设备包括网络设备,所述第二设备包括终端设备,所述第一控制信息为上行控制信息。In still other embodiments of the present application, the first device includes a network device, the second device includes a terminal device, and the first control information is uplink control information.

即本申请实施例可以适用于下行的接收侧辅助信道检测,侧行的接收侧辅助信道检测,以及上行的接收侧辅助信道检测。That is, the embodiment of the present application can be applied to the detection of auxiliary channels on the downlink receiving side, the detection of auxiliary channels on the receiving side in the sideways, and the detection of auxiliary channels on the receiving side in the uplink.

在本申请一些实施例中,所述第一控制信息对应第一控制信息格式,所述第一控制信息格式对应第一无线网络临时标识符(Radio Network Temporary Identity,RNTI)。In some embodiments of the present application, the first control information corresponds to a first control information format, and the first control information format corresponds to a first radio network temporary identifier (Radio Network Temporary Identity, RNTI).

在本申请一些实施例中,第一RNTI是所述第一设备专用的RNTI。例如,第一RNTI是所述第一设备的小区无线网络临时标识符(Cell Radio Network Temporary Identity,C-RNTI)或预配置调度无线网络临时标识(Configured Scheduling RNTI,CS-RNTI)或调制编码方案无线网络临时标识(Modulation and Coding Scheme RNTI,MCS-C-RNTI)等。In some embodiments of the present application, the first RNTI is an RNTI dedicated to the first device. For example, the first RNTI is a cell radio network temporary identifier (Cell Radio Network Temporary Identity, C-RNTI) of the first device or a preconfigured scheduling radio network temporary identifier (Configured Scheduling RNTI, CS-RNTI) or a modulation and coding scheme Wireless network temporary identification (Modulation and Coding Scheme RNTI, MCS-C-RNTI), etc.

在本申请一些实施例中,所述第一控制信息可以是第一设备专用的控制信息。In some embodiments of the present application, the first control information may be control information dedicated to the first device.

例如,所述第二设备为网络设备,该第一控制信息为第一DCI。例如,该第一DCI可以承载于终端设备的专用物理下行控制信道(Physical Downlink Control Channel,PDCCH)中。For example, the second device is a network device, and the first control information is the first DCI. For example, the first DCI may be carried in a dedicated physical downlink control channel (Physical Downlink Control Channel, PDCCH) of the terminal device.

在本申请另一些实施例中,所述第一控制信息可以是公共的控制信息。例如,该第一控制信息可 以通过组公共(Group common,GC)PDCCH发送。In other embodiments of the present application, the first control information may be public control information. For example, the first control information may be sent through a group common (Group common, GC) PDCCH.

在本申请又一些实施例中,所述第一控制信息还可以通过物理信号例如参考信号携带。作为示例,上述过程可以包括:第一设备接收第二设备发送的参考信号,所述参考信号用于所述第一设备确定所述第二设备是否向所述第一设备发起请求-应答过程,所述第一设备根据所述参考信号确定是否向所述第二设备发送应答信息。In still other embodiments of the present application, the first control information may also be carried by a physical signal such as a reference signal. As an example, the above process may include: a first device receiving a reference signal sent by a second device, where the reference signal is used by the first device to determine whether the second device initiates a request-response process to the first device, The first device determines whether to send response information to the second device according to the reference signal.

在本申请一些实施例中,所述S320可以包括:In some embodiments of the present application, the S320 may include:

若根据所述第一控制信息确定所述第二设备向所述第一设备发起所述请求-应答过程,所述第一设备确定向所述第二设备发送所述应答信息;和/或,If it is determined according to the first control information that the second device initiates the request-response process to the first device, the first device determines to send the response information to the second device; and/or,

若根据所述第一控制信息确定所述第二设备未向所述第一设备发起所述请求-应答过程,所述第一设备确定不向所述第二设备发送所述应答信息。If it is determined according to the first control information that the second device does not initiate the request-response process to the first device, the first device determines not to send the response information to the second device.

在本申请一些实施例中,所述应答信息用于表示允许传输,例如为ACK信息。In some embodiments of the present application, the response information is used to indicate that transmission is allowed, for example, ACK information.

在本申请一些实施例中,若所述第一设备接收到所述第二设备发送的所述第一控制信息,所述第一设备确定向所述第二设备发送所述应答信息。In some embodiments of the present application, if the first device receives the first control information sent by the second device, the first device determines to send the response information to the second device.

在本申请一些实施例中,若根据所述第一控制信息确定所述第二设备未向所述第一设备发起所述请求-应答过程,所述第一设备确定向所述第二设备发送所述应答信息,其中,所述应答信息用于表示不允许传输,例如为NACK信息。在本申请一些实施例中,所述第二设备是否向所述第一设备发起所述请求-应答过程可以根据所述第一控制信息是否包括传输请求信息确定。In some embodiments of the present application, if it is determined according to the first control information that the second device does not initiate the request-response process to the first device, the first device determines to send the request-response process to the second device. The response information, wherein the response information is used to indicate that transmission is not allowed, such as NACK information. In some embodiments of the present application, whether the second device initiates the request-response process to the first device may be determined according to whether the first control information includes transmission request information.

作为一个示例,若所述第一控制信息中包括所述传输请求信息,所述第一设备确定所述第二设备向所述第一设备发起所述请求-应答过程。As an example, if the first control information includes the transmission request information, the first device determines that the second device initiates the request-response process to the first device.

作为另一示例,若所述第一控制信息中不包括所述传输请求信息,所述第一设备确定所述第二设备未向所述第一设备发起所述请求-应答过程。As another example, if the first control information does not include the transmission request information, the first device determines that the second device does not initiate the request-response process to the first device.

在一些实施例中,若所述第一控制信息中包括传输请求信息,所述第一设备可以向第二设备发送应答信息,例如,所述应答信息可以为ACK。或者,若所述第一控制信息中不包括传输请求信息,所述第一设备可以不向第二设备发送应答信息,或者发送应答信息,所述应答信息用于指示不允许传输。In some embodiments, if the first control information includes transmission request information, the first device may send response information to the second device, for example, the response information may be ACK. Alternatively, if the first control information does not include transmission request information, the first device may not send response information to the second device, or may send response information, where the response information is used to indicate that transmission is not allowed.

在一些实施例中,所述第一控制信息中是否包括所述传输请求信息是网络设备配置的。或者,所述第一控制信息是否可以用于发起所述请求-应答过程是网络设备配置的。In some embodiments, whether the transmission request information is included in the first control information is configured by a network device. Alternatively, whether the first control information can be used to initiate the request-response process is configured by the network device.

作为一个示例,网络设备可以通过高层参数配置所述第一控制信息是否包括所述传输请求信息,或者,网络设备可以通过高层参数配置所述第一控制信息对应的控制信息格式中是否包括所述传输请求信息对应的信息域。例如,所述高层参数取第一值,表示第一控制信息包括传输请求信息,高层参数取第二值,表示第一控制信息不包括传输请求信息。又例如,如果配置所述高层参数,表示第一控制信息包括传输请求信息,如果未配置所述高层参数,表示第一控制信息不包括传输请求信息。As an example, the network device can configure whether the first control information includes the transmission request information through high-layer parameters, or the network device can configure whether the control information format corresponding to the first control information includes the transmission request through high-layer parameters The information field corresponding to the transmission request information. For example, the high layer parameter takes the first value, indicating that the first control information includes transmission request information, and the high layer parameter takes the second value, indicating that the first control information does not include transmission request information. For another example, if the high layer parameter is configured, it indicates that the first control information includes transmission request information, and if the high layer parameter is not configured, it indicates that the first control information does not include transmission request information.

在另一些实施例中,所述第一控制信息中是否包括所述传输请求信息是终端设备配置的。或者,所述第一控制信息是否可以用于发起所述请求-应答过程是终端设备配置的。In other embodiments, whether the first control information includes the transmission request information is configured by the terminal device. Alternatively, whether the first control information can be used to initiate the request-response process is configured by the terminal device.

作为一个示例,终端设备可以通过高层参数配置所述第一控制信息是否包括所述传输请求信息,或者,终端设备可以通过高层参数配置所述第一控制信息对应的控制信息格式中是否包括所述传输请求信息对应的信息域。例如,所述高层参数取第一值,表示第一控制信息包括传输请求信息,高层参数取第二值,表示第一控制信息不包括传输请求信息。又例如,如果配置所述高层参数,表示第一控制信息包括传输请求信息,如果未配置所述高层参数,表示第一控制信息不包括传输请求信息。As an example, the terminal device may configure whether the first control information includes the transmission request information through high-layer parameters, or the terminal device may configure whether the control information format corresponding to the first control information includes the transmission request information through high-layer parameters The information field corresponding to the transmission request information. For example, the high layer parameter takes the first value, indicating that the first control information includes transmission request information, and the high layer parameter takes the second value, indicating that the first control information does not include transmission request information. For another example, if the high layer parameter is configured, it indicates that the first control information includes transmission request information, and if the high layer parameter is not configured, it indicates that the first control information does not include transmission request information.

此情况下,所述第一设备为第一终端设备,所述第二设备可以为第二终端设备,所述配置高层参数的终端设备例如可以为第三终端设备。所述第三终端设备可以为所述第一终端设备,或者,所述第二终端设备,或者,所述第一终端设备的控制节点,或者,所述第二终端设备的控制节点,所述第一终端设备的控制节点例如为第一终端设备所属终端组的组头终端,所述第二终端设备的控制节点例如为第二终端设备所属终端组的组头终端。In this case, the first device is a first terminal device, the second device may be a second terminal device, and the terminal device configured with high-level parameters may be, for example, a third terminal device. The third terminal device may be the first terminal device, or the second terminal device, or the control node of the first terminal device, or the control node of the second terminal device, the The control node of the first terminal device is, for example, the group head terminal of the terminal group to which the first terminal device belongs, and the control node of the second terminal device is, for example, the group head terminal of the terminal group to which the second terminal device belongs.

在一些情况中,所述第三终端设备和所述第二终端设备可以是相同的终端设备。在另一些情况中,所述第三终端设备和所述第一终端设备可以是相同的终端设备,所述第一终端设备和所述第二终端设备对应的组头终端为相同的终端设备。In some cases, the third terminal device and the second terminal device may be the same terminal device. In other cases, the third terminal device and the first terminal device may be the same terminal device, and the group head terminals corresponding to the first terminal device and the second terminal device are the same terminal device.

在一些实施例中,所述第一控制信息包括所述传输请求信息,所述第一控制信息对应第一控制信息格式。In some embodiments, the first control information includes the transmission request information, and the first control information corresponds to a first control information format.

作为一个实现方式,所述第一控制信息格式可以包括用于承载所述传输请求信息的信息域,即所述传输请求信息在所述第一控制信息域中对应专用信息域。在一些实施例中,该第一控制信息格式还可以包括用于承载调度信息的信息域,采用该实现方式,可以通过该第一控制信息格式实现同时向第 一设备发送传输请求信息和调度信息。As an implementation manner, the first control information format may include an information field for carrying the transmission request information, that is, the transmission request information corresponds to a dedicated information field in the first control information field. In some embodiments, the first control information format may further include an information field for carrying scheduling information, and in this implementation manner, transmission request information and scheduling information can be simultaneously sent to the first device through the first control information format .

作为另一种实现方式,所述传输请求信息复用所述第一控制信息格式中的已有信息域。采用该实现方式可以减少控制信息开销。As another implementation manner, the transmission request information multiplexes an existing information field in the first control information format. With this implementation, control information overhead can be reduced.

作为一个示例,第一控制信息格式为用于调度PDSCH或激活SPS PDSCH传输的DCI格式。第一设备为终端设备,第二设备为网络设备。如果终端设备收到包括所述传输请求信息的第一控制信息,那么终端设备确定向网络设备发送应答信息。进一步地,在所述终端设备向所述网络设备发送所述应答信息的情况下,所述终端设备接收所述第一控制信息调度的PDSCH或接收所述第一控制信息激活的SPS PDSCH。As an example, the first control information format is a DCI format for scheduling PDSCH or activating SPS PDSCH transmission. The first device is a terminal device, and the second device is a network device. If the terminal device receives the first control information including the transmission request information, the terminal device determines to send response information to the network device. Further, when the terminal device sends the response information to the network device, the terminal device receives the PDSCH scheduled by the first control information or receives the SPS PDSCH activated by the first control information.

作为另一个示例,第一控制信息格式为用于调度PUSCH或激活CG PUSCH传输的DCI格式。第一设备为终端设备,第二设备为网络设备。如果终端设备收到包括所述传输请求信息的第一控制信息,那么终端设备确定向网络设备发送应答信息。进一步地,在所述终端设备向所述网络设备发送所述应答信息的情况下,所述终端设备发送所述第一控制信息调度的PUSCH或发送所述第一控制信息激活的CG PUSCH。As another example, the first control information format is a DCI format for scheduling PUSCH or activating CG PUSCH transmission. The first device is a terminal device, and the second device is a network device. If the terminal device receives the first control information including the transmission request information, the terminal device determines to send response information to the network device. Further, when the terminal device sends the response information to the network device, the terminal device sends the PUSCH scheduled by the first control information or sends the CG PUSCH activated by the first control information.

作为又一个示例,第一控制信息格式为用于释放SPS PDSCH或释放CG PUSCH的DCI格式。第一设备为终端设备,第二设备为网络设备。如果终端设备收到包括所述传输请求信息的第一控制信息,那么终端设备确定向网络设备发送应答信息。在本申请一些实施例中,所述应答信息包括所述第一控制信息对应的ACK信息,例如,所述应答信息用于表示所述终端设备收到了用于释放SPS PDSCH或释放CG PUSCH的DCI且收到了所述传输请求信息。进一步地,在所述终端设备向所述网络设备发送所述应答信息的情况下,所述终端设备不再接收所述SPS PDSCH或不再发送所述CG PUSCH。As yet another example, the first control information format is a DCI format for releasing SPS PDSCH or releasing CG PUSCH. The first device is a terminal device, and the second device is a network device. If the terminal device receives the first control information including the transmission request information, the terminal device determines to send response information to the network device. In some embodiments of the present application, the response information includes ACK information corresponding to the first control information, for example, the response information is used to indicate that the terminal device has received the DCI for releasing the SPS PDSCH or releasing the CG PUSCH and received the transmission request information. Further, when the terminal device sends the response information to the network device, the terminal device no longer receives the SPS PDSCH or no longer sends the CG PUSCH.

作为又一个示例,第一控制信息格式为用于激活配置授权物理侧行信道或释放配置授权物理侧行信道的DCI格式。第一设备为终端设备,第二设备为网络设备。如果终端设备收到包括所述传输请求信息的第一控制信息,那么终端设备确定向网络设备发送应答信息。在本申请一些实施例中,所述应答信息包括所述第一控制信息对应的ACK信息,例如,所述应答信息用于表示所述终端设备收到了用于激活或释放配置授权物理侧行信道的DCI且收到了所述传输请求信息。进一步地,在所述终端设备向所述网络设备发送所述应答信息的情况下,所述终端设备可以和另一终端设备开始进行或不再进行配置授权物理侧行信道的传输。As yet another example, the first control information format is a DCI format for activating the configuration authorized physical side channel channel or releasing the configuration authorized physical side channel channel. The first device is a terminal device, and the second device is a network device. If the terminal device receives the first control information including the transmission request information, the terminal device determines to send response information to the network device. In some embodiments of the present application, the response information includes ACK information corresponding to the first control information, for example, the response information is used to indicate that the terminal device has received a physical side channel for activating or releasing a configuration authorization DCI and received the transmission request information. Further, in the case that the terminal device sends the response information to the network device, the terminal device may or may not perform transmission of the configuration authorized physical side channel with another terminal device.

作为又一个示例,第一控制信息格式为用于调度PSSCH传输的SCI格式。第一设备为第一终端设备,第二设备为第二终端设备。如果第一终端设备收到包括所述传输请求信息的第一控制信息,那么第一终端设备确定向第二终端设备发送应答信息。进一步地,在所述第一终端设备向所述第二终端设备发送所述应答信息的情况下,所述第一终端设备接收所述第一控制信息调度的PSSCH。As yet another example, the first control information format is an SCI format for scheduling PSSCH transmissions. The first device is a first terminal device, and the second device is a second terminal device. If the first terminal device receives the first control information including the transmission request information, the first terminal device determines to send response information to the second terminal device. Further, when the first terminal device sends the response information to the second terminal device, the first terminal device receives the PSSCH scheduled by the first control information.

在一些实施例中,所述第一控制信息包括格式指示信息,该格式指示信息用于指示所述第一控制信息是否包括所述传输请求信息,换言之,该格式指示信息可以指示所述第一控制信息是否用于发送所述传输请求信息。In some embodiments, the first control information includes format indication information, and the format indication information is used to indicate whether the first control information includes the transmission request information. In other words, the format indication information may indicate the first control information. Whether the control information is used to send the transmission request information.

例如,该格式指示信息包括1比特,当该1比特指示一预设值例如“1”时,用于指示该第一控制信息包括传输请求信息;当该1比特指示另一预设值例如“0”时,该格式指示信息用于指示该第一控制信息不包括传输请求信息。For example, the format indication information includes 1 bit, when the 1 bit indicates a preset value such as "1", it is used to indicate that the first control information includes transmission request information; when the 1 bit indicates another preset value such as "1" 0", the format indication information is used to indicate that the first control information does not include transmission request information.

作为示例,假设网络设备通过高层参数配置调度PDSCH的DCI格式1_1中可以包括所述传输请求信息,DCI格式1_1中包括该格式指示信息。当终端设备收到对应DCI格式1_1的DCI,如果该DCI中的格式指示信息指示该DCI包括传输请求信息,终端设备根据所述传输请求信息对应的信息域对该DCI进行解读;如果该DCI中的格式指示信息指示该DCI不包括传输请求信息,终端设备根据调度PDSCH对应的信息域对该DCI进行解读。As an example, it is assumed that the transmission request information may be included in the DCI format 1_1 in which the network device schedules the PDSCH through high-layer parameter configuration, and the format indication information is included in the DCI format 1_1. When the terminal device receives the DCI corresponding to DCI format 1_1, if the format indication information in the DCI indicates that the DCI includes transmission request information, the terminal device interprets the DCI according to the information field corresponding to the transmission request information; The format indication information indicates that the DCI does not include transmission request information, and the terminal device interprets the DCI according to the information field corresponding to the scheduling PDSCH.

在另一些实施例中,所述第二设备是否向所述第一设备发起所述请求-应答过程可以根据所述传输请求信息的内容确定。例如,所述传输请求信息中包括用于传输所述应答信息的资源,传输应答信息的波束等相关信息时可以认为第二设备向第一设备发起所述请求-应答过程。In other embodiments, whether the second device initiates the request-response process to the first device may be determined according to the content of the transmission request information. For example, the transmission request information includes a resource for transmitting the response information, and the second device may be considered to initiate the request-response process to the first device when transmitting relevant information such as a beam of the response information.

即所述传输请求信息可以用于确定第二设备是否向第一设备发起请求-应答过程,和/或第一设备发送应答信息的资源,波束,信道接入方式等相关信息。应理解,第一设备发送应答信息的资源,波束,信道接入方式等相关信息可以是通过所述传输请求信息确定的,也可以是预定义的或高层参数配置的,还可以部分是通过所述传输请求信息确定的,部分是预定义的或高层参数配置的,本申请对此并不限定。That is, the transmission request information can be used to determine whether the second device initiates a request-response process to the first device, and/or the resource, beam, channel access mode and other related information of the first device to send the response information. It should be understood that the resources, beams, channel access methods and other related information for the first device to send the response information may be determined by the transmission request information, or may be pre-defined or configured by high-level parameters, or may be partially configured by all Part of the transmission request information is predefined or configured by high-level parameters, which is not limited in this application.

以下结合具体实施例,说明所述传输请求信息的具体实现,应理解,以下信息内容仅为示例,但本申请并不限于此。The specific implementation of the transmission request information will be described below with reference to specific embodiments. It should be understood that the following information content is only an example, but the present application is not limited thereto.

在本申请一些实施例中,所述传输请求信息包括以下信息中的至少一种:In some embodiments of the present application, the transmission request information includes at least one of the following information:

第一指示信息、至少一个频域资源指示信息、波束指示信息、应答资源指示信息和信道接入指示信息,其中,所述第一指示信息用于指示是否发起所述请求-应答过程。First indication information, at least one frequency domain resource indication information, beam indication information, response resource indication information and channel access indication information, wherein the first indication information is used to indicate whether to initiate the request-response process.

在一些实施例中,所述第一指示信息在所述第一控制信息中所占的比特数是网络设备配置的,例如,通过高层参数配置。In some embodiments, the number of bits occupied by the first indication information in the first control information is configured by a network device, for example, configured by a high layer parameter.

在另一些实施例中,所述第一指示信息在所述第一控制信息中所占的比特数是具有管理控制功能的第三设备例如第三终端设备配置的,例如,通过高层参数配置。In some other embodiments, the number of bits occupied by the first indication information in the first control information is configured by a third device having a management control function, such as a third terminal device, for example, configured through high-level parameters.

此情况下,所述第一设备为第一终端设备,所述第二设备为第二终端设备,所述第三终端设备可以为所述第一终端设备,或者,所述第二终端设备,或者,所述第一终端设备的控制节点,或者,所述第二终端设备的控制节点,所述第一终端设备的控制节点例如为第一终端设备所属终端组的组头终端,所述第二终端设备的控制节点例如为第二终端设备所属终端组的组头终端。In this case, the first device is a first terminal device, the second device is a second terminal device, and the third terminal device may be the first terminal device, or the second terminal device, Alternatively, the control node of the first terminal device, or the control node of the second terminal device, the control node of the first terminal device is, for example, the group head terminal of the terminal group to which the first terminal device belongs. The control node of the second terminal device is, for example, a group head terminal of a terminal group to which the second terminal device belongs.

在一些情况中,所述第三终端设备和所述第二终端设备可以是相同的终端设备。在另一些情况中,所述第三终端设备和所述第一终端设备可以是相同的终端设备,所述第一终端设备和所述第二终端设备对应的组头终端为相同的终端设备。In some cases, the third terminal device and the second terminal device may be the same terminal device. In other cases, the third terminal device and the first terminal device may be the same terminal device, and the group head terminals corresponding to the first terminal device and the second terminal device are the same terminal device.

在又一些实施例中,所述第一指示信息在所述第一控制信息中所占的比特数也可以是预定义的。In still other embodiments, the number of bits occupied by the first indication information in the first control information may also be predefined.

即,第一指示信息可以是第一设备对应的网络设备配置的或者对该第一设备具有管理控制功能的控制节点配置的,或者是预定义的。That is, the first indication information may be configured by a network device corresponding to the first device or configured by a control node having a management control function for the first device, or be predefined.

应理解,所述波束指示信息、所述应答资源指示信息、所述信接入指示信息和频域资源指示信息在所述第一控制信息中所占的比特数的配置方式和第一指示信息在所述第一控制信息中所占的比特数的配置方式类似,为了简洁,这里不再赘述。It should be understood that the configuration mode of the number of bits occupied by the beam indication information, the response resource indication information, the signal access indication information and the frequency domain resource indication information in the first control information and the first indication information The configuration of the number of bits occupied in the first control information is similar, and for the sake of brevity, details are not repeated here.

即,所述传输请求信息中包括的至少一种信息在所述第一控制信息中所占的比特数是根据网络设备或所述第三设备配置的高层参数确定的;或者,所述传输请求信息中包括的至少一种信息在所述第一控制信息中所占的比特数是预定义的。That is, the number of bits occupied by at least one type of information included in the transmission request information in the first control information is determined according to a high-level parameter configured by the network device or the third device; or, the transmission request The number of bits occupied by at least one type of information included in the information in the first control information is predefined.

以应答资源指示信息为例说明,例如,假设网络设备通过高层参数配置该应答资源指示信息对应M种状态,或应答资源指示信息预定义为对应M种状态,那么该应答资源指示信息在第一控制信息格式中对应的比特数为ceil(log2(M))比特,其中,log2表示以2为底的对数,ceil表示上取整。例如,M=8,对应的比特数为3比特。Taking the response resource indication information as an example, for example, assuming that the network device configures the response resource indication information to correspond to M states through high-level parameters, or the response resource indication information is predefined to correspond to M states, then the response resource indication information is in the first state. The corresponding number of bits in the control information format is ceil(log2(M)) bits, where log2 represents the logarithm with the base 2, and ceil represents the rounding up. For example, M=8, and the corresponding number of bits is 3 bits.

在一些实施例中,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第二设备是否向所述第一设备发起所述请求-应答过程。In some embodiments, the first indication information is used to indicate whether the second device initiates the request-response process to the first device.

作为一个示例,所述第一指示信息为1比特,所述1比特的取值用于指示所述第二设备是否向所述第一设备发起所述请求-应答过程。As an example, the first indication information is 1 bit, and the value of the 1 bit is used to indicate whether the second device initiates the request-response process to the first device.

例如,所述1比特取值为第一预设值例如1时,用于指示所述第二设备向所述第一设备发起所述请求-应答过程,所述1比特取值为第二预设值例如0时,用于指示所述第二设备未向所述第一设备发起所述请求-应答过程。For example, when the 1-bit value is a first preset value, such as 1, it is used to instruct the second device to initiate the request-response process to the first device, and the 1-bit value is the second preset value. When the value is set to 0, for example, it is used to indicate that the second device does not initiate the request-response process to the first device.

此情况下,可以认为所述第一指示信息是与所述第一控制信息关联的频域资源相关的。例如,所述第一控制信息用于调度或激活第一带宽部分(Bandwidth Part,BWP)上的物理信道或物理信号传输,则所述第一指示信息与所述第一BWP相关联。In this case, it may be considered that the first indication information is related to the frequency domain resource associated with the first control information. For example, if the first control information is used to schedule or activate physical channel or physical signal transmission on a first bandwidth part (Bandwidth Part, BWP), the first indication information is associated with the first BWP.

在一些实施例中,所述第一指示信息承载在所述第一控制信息中的专用信息域中。例如,可以在第一控制信息中新增信息域用于承载所述第一指示信息。In some embodiments, the first indication information is carried in a dedicated information field in the first control information. For example, an information field may be added to the first control information for carrying the first indication information.

在另一些实施例中,所述第一指示信息可以复用所述第一控制信息中的已有信息域。In other embodiments, the first indication information may multiplex an existing information field in the first control information.

作为一个示例,所述第一控制信息中包括第一信息域,所述第一指示信息通过所述第一控制信息中的第一信息域的第一状态来表征。例如,在所述第一信息域的取值为所述第一状态时,所述第一信息域用于指示不向所述第一设备发起请求-应答过程。又例如,在所述第一信息域的取值非所述第一状态时,所述第一信息域用于确定发起所述请求-应答过程,或所述第一信息域不用于确定是否发起所述请求-应答过程。即第一信息域的取值为第一状态时,按照第一指示信息解读该第一信息域,当第一信息域非第一状态时,按照第一信息域原有的含义解读。As an example, the first control information includes a first information field, and the first indication information is represented by a first state of the first information field in the first control information. For example, when the value of the first information field is the first state, the first information field is used to indicate that a request-response process is not initiated to the first device. For another example, when the value of the first information field is not the first state, the first information field is used to determine whether to initiate the request-response process, or the first information field is not used to determine whether to initiate the request-response process. That is, when the value of the first information field is the first state, the first information field is interpreted according to the first indication information, and when the first information field is not in the first state, it is interpreted according to the original meaning of the first information field.

在本申请一些实施例中,所述第一状态可以为无效状态,或者预留状态。In some embodiments of the present application, the first state may be an invalid state or a reserved state.

在本申请一些实施例中,第一信息域包括至少一个信息域。In some embodiments of the present application, the first information field includes at least one information field.

例如,第一信息域为应答资源指示信息对应的信息域,若该应答资源指示信息指示一个无效应答资源例如未指示该应答资源的时域位置,则表示第二设备未向所述第一设备发起所述请求-应答过程;或者,若该应答资源指示信息指示一个有效应答资源,则表示按照该应答资源指示信息解读该信息域,且第二设备向所述第一设备发起所述请求-应答过程,其中,在所述请求-应答过程中使用的应答资源根据该应答资源指示信息指示的有效应答资源确定。For example, the first information field is the information field corresponding to the response resource indication information. If the response resource indication information indicates an invalid response resource, for example, the time domain location of the response resource is not indicated, it means that the second device does not send the first device to the Initiate the request-response process; or, if the response resource indication information indicates a valid response resource, it means that the information field is interpreted according to the response resource indication information, and the second device initiates the request-response to the first device. The response process, wherein the response resource used in the request-response process is determined according to the valid response resource indicated by the response resource indication information.

作为又一个示例,所述第一指示信息通过所述第一控制信息的部分或全部比特的取值为第二状态来表征。例如,在所述第一控制信息中的所述部分或全部比特的取值为所述第二状态时,所述第一指示信息指示不发起所述请求-应答过程,或者说,所述第一控制信息指示不发起所述请求-应答过程。As another example, the first indication information is represented by the value of some or all bits of the first control information being the second state. For example, when the value of part or all of the bits in the first control information is the second state, the first indication information indicates that the request-response process is not to be initiated, or in other words, the first A control message indicates that the request-response procedure is not initiated.

例如,可以利用该第一控制信息中的M个比特的取值为第一状态指示,若该M个比特都为“1”或都为“0”,则指示未向所述第一设备发起所述请求-应答过程;否则,则正常解读该M个比特。For example, the value of the M bits in the first control information can be used to indicate the first state. If the M bits are all "1" or all "0", it indicates that the first device has not been initiated the request-response process; otherwise, the M bits are interpreted normally.

在本申请一些实施例中,所述至少一个频域资源指示信息关联至少一个小区或至少一个BWP或至少一个频域资源集合,或者说,所述至少一个频域资源指示信息中的每个频域资源指示信息关联一个小区或一个BWP或一个频域资源集合。其中,所述至少一个频域资源指示信息中的第一频域资源指示信息关联第一小区或第一BWP或第一频域资源集合。所述第一频域资源指示信息用于指示所述第二设备是否在所述第一小区或所述第一BWP或所述第一频域资源集合上向所述第一设备发起所述请求-应答过程,或者,所述第一频域资源指示信息用于指示是否发起与所述第一小区或所述第一BWP或所述第一频域资源集合对应的请求-应答过程,或者,所述第一频域资源指示信息用于指示所述应答信息与所述第一小区或所述第一BWP或所述第一频域资源集合关联。In some embodiments of the present application, the at least one frequency domain resource indication information is associated with at least one cell or at least one BWP or at least one frequency domain resource set, or in other words, each frequency domain in the at least one frequency domain resource indication information The domain resource indication information is associated with a cell or a BWP or a frequency domain resource set. Wherein, the first frequency domain resource indication information in the at least one frequency domain resource indication information is associated with the first cell or the first BWP or the first frequency domain resource set. The first frequency domain resource indication information is used to indicate whether the second device initiates the request to the first device on the first cell or the first BWP or the first frequency domain resource set - a response process, or the first frequency domain resource indication information is used to indicate whether to initiate a request-response process corresponding to the first cell or the first BWP or the first frequency domain resource set, or, The first frequency domain resource indication information is used to indicate that the acknowledgement information is associated with the first cell or the first BWP or the first frequency domain resource set.

在本申请一些实施例中,所述第一小区是所述第一设备对应的小区,所述第一BWP为所述第一小区对应的BWP,所述第一频域资源集合为所述第一BWP对应的频域资源集合。例如,所述第一BWP为激活BWP。In some embodiments of the present application, the first cell is a cell corresponding to the first device, the first BWP is a BWP corresponding to the first cell, and the first frequency domain resource set is the first A set of frequency domain resources corresponding to a BWP. For example, the first BWP is an activated BWP.

例如,所述至少一个频域资源指示信息包括第一频域资源指示信息,所述第一频域资源指示信息与第一小区关联,其中,所述第一频域资源指示信息用于指示所述第二设备是否向所述第一设备发起与所述第一小区对应的所述请求-应答过程。For example, the at least one frequency domain resource indication information includes first frequency domain resource indication information, the first frequency domain resource indication information is associated with the first cell, wherein the first frequency domain resource indication information is used to indicate the whether the second device initiates the request-response process corresponding to the first cell to the first device.

应理解,所述向所述第一设备发起对应所述第一小区的所述请求-应答过程可以指在所述第一小区上发起所述请求-应答过程,或者,在第二小区发起所述请求-应答过程,其中,第二小区和第一小区具有对应关系。It should be understood that the initiating the request-response process corresponding to the first cell to the first device may refer to initiating the request-response process on the first cell, or initiating the request-response process on the second cell. The request-response process, wherein the second cell and the first cell have a corresponding relationship.

作为一个示例,所述第一频域资源指示信息为1比特,所述1比特的取值用于指示所述第二设备是否向所述第一设备发起与所述第一小区对应的所述请求-应答过程。例如,所述1比特取值为第一预设值例如1时,用于指示所述第二设备向所述第一设备发起与所述第一小区对应的所述请求-应答过程,所述1比特取值为第二预设值例如0时,用于指示所述第二设备向所述第一设备发起与所述第一小区对应的所述请求-应答过程。As an example, the first frequency domain resource indication information is 1 bit, and the value of the 1 bit is used to indicate whether the second device initiates the first device corresponding to the first cell request-response process. For example, when the value of the 1 bit is a first preset value such as 1, it is used to instruct the second device to initiate the request-response process corresponding to the first cell to the first device, and the When the value of 1 bit is a second preset value such as 0, it is used to instruct the second device to initiate the request-response process corresponding to the first cell to the first device.

应理解,上述示例中,所述第一小区也可以替换为其他频域概念,例如BWP,或者,频域资源集合等,本申请实施例对此不作限定,即频域资源指示信息可以与小区关联,或者与BWP关联,或者与频域资源集合关联等。It should be understood that, in the above example, the first cell can also be replaced with other frequency domain concepts, such as BWP, or a frequency domain resource set, etc., which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application, that is, the frequency domain resource indication information can be related to the cell Associated, or associated with the BWP, or associated with the frequency domain resource set, etc.

还应理解,在本申请实施例中,所述波束指示信息、应答资源指示信息和信道接入指示信息可以是与频域资源关联的,或者也可以是与频域资源不关联的,即本申请实施例可以配置与频域资源关联的传输请求信息,或者也可以配置与频域资源不关联的传输请求信息,从而能够实现不同精度的接收侧辅助信道检测。It should also be understood that, in this embodiment of the present application, the beam indication information, response resource indication information, and channel access indication information may be associated with frequency domain resources, or may not be associated with frequency domain resources, that is, the present In the embodiment of the application, transmission request information associated with frequency domain resources may be configured, or transmission request information not associated with frequency domain resources may be configured, thereby enabling receiving side auxiliary channel detection with different precisions.

在一些实施例中,所述频域资源指示信息承载在所述第一控制信息中的专用信息域中。例如,可以在第一控制信息中新增信息域用于承载所述频域资源指示信息。In some embodiments, the frequency domain resource indication information is carried in a dedicated information field in the first control information. For example, an information field may be added to the first control information for carrying the frequency domain resource indication information.

在另一些实施例中,所述频域资源指示信息可以复用所述第一控制信息中的已有信息域。In other embodiments, the frequency domain resource indication information may multiplex an existing information domain in the first control information.

作为一个示例,所述第一控制信息中包括第二信息域,所述频域资源指示信息通过所述第一控制信息中的第二信息域的第一状态指示。As an example, the first control information includes a second information field, and the frequency domain resource indication information is indicated by a first state of the second information field in the first control information.

例如,在所述第二信息域的取值为所述第一状态时,所述第二信息域用于指示第二设备不向所述第一设备发起与关联的小区或BWP或频域资源集合对应的请求-应答过程。又例如,在所述第二信息域的取值非所述第一状态时,所述第二信息域不用于确定是否发起所述请求-应答过程。又例如,在所述第二信息域的取值非所述第一状态时,所述第二信息域用于确定第二设备向所述第一设备发起与关联的小区或BWP或频域资源集合对应的请求-应答过程。For example, when the value of the second information field is the first state, the second information field is used to indicate that the second device does not initiate the associated cell or BWP or frequency domain resources to the first device Set the corresponding request-response process. For another example, when the value of the second information field is not the first state, the second information field is not used to determine whether to initiate the request-response process. For another example, when the value of the second information field is not the first state, the second information field is used to determine that the second device initiates an associated cell or BWP or frequency domain resource to the first device Set the corresponding request-response process.

即第二信息域的取值为第一状态时,按照频域资源指示信息解读该第一信息域,当第二信息域非第一状态时,按照第二信息域原有的定义解读。That is, when the value of the second information field is the first state, the first information field is interpreted according to the frequency domain resource indication information, and when the second information field is not in the first state, it is interpreted according to the original definition of the second information field.

例如,所述第二信息域为应答资源指示信息对应的信息域,包括N个比特,若该N个比特都为“1”或都为“0”,则表示第二设备不向所述第一设备发起与关联的小区或BWP或频域资源集合对应的所述请求-应答过程;否则,则表示按照该应答资源指示信息解读该信息域。For example, the second information field is the information field corresponding to the response resource indication information, and includes N bits. If the N bits are all "1" or all "0", it means that the second device does not report to the first A device initiates the request-response process corresponding to the associated cell or BWP or frequency domain resource set; otherwise, it means that the information domain is interpreted according to the response resource indication information.

在本申请一些实施例中,所述第一状态可以为无效状态,或者预留状态。In some embodiments of the present application, the first state may be an invalid state or a reserved state.

作为又一个示例,所述频域资源指示信息通过所述第一控制信息的部分或全部比特的取值为第二状态指示。例如,在所述第一控制信息中的所述部分或全部比特的取值为所述第二状态时,表示第二 设备不向与关联的小区或BWP或频域资源集合对应的所述第一设备发起所述请求-应答过程。As yet another example, the frequency domain resource indication information is indicated by the value of some or all bits of the first control information being the second state. For example, when the value of some or all of the bits in the first control information is the second state, it indicates that the second device does not send the first information to the first control corresponding to the associated cell or BWP or frequency domain resource set. A device initiates the request-response procedure.

以频域资源指示信息关联BWP为例。作为一个示例,终端设备被配置N个BWP,则频域资源指示信息包括N个比特,其中每个比特对应一个BWP。当某个比特指示一预设值例如“1”时,用于指示发起对应该BWP的请求-应答过程;当某个比特指示另一预设值例如“0”时,用于指示未发起对应该BWP的请求-应答过程,其中,N为正整数。Take the BWP associated with the frequency domain resource indication information as an example. As an example, if the terminal device is configured with N BWPs, the frequency domain resource indication information includes N bits, where each bit corresponds to one BWP. When a certain bit indicates a preset value such as "1", it is used to indicate that a request-response process corresponding to the BWP is initiated; when a certain bit indicates another preset value such as "0", it is used to indicate that no pairing has been initiated. The request-response process of the BWP, where N is a positive integer.

作为又一个示例,终端设备被配置N个BWP,第一控制信息通过该N个BWP中的第一BWP传输,则频域资源指示信息包括N-1个比特,其中每个比特对应该N个BWP中除该第一BWP外的一个BWP。当某个比特指示一预设值例如“1”时,用于指示发起对应该BWP的请求-应答过程;当某个比特指示另一预设值例如“0”时,用于指示未发起对应该BWP的请求-应答过程。As yet another example, the terminal device is configured with N BWPs, and the first control information is transmitted through the first BWP in the N BWPs, the frequency domain resource indication information includes N-1 bits, wherein each bit corresponds to the N bits A BWP other than the first BWP among the BWPs. When a certain bit indicates a preset value such as "1", it is used to indicate that a request-response process corresponding to the BWP is initiated; when a certain bit indicates another preset value such as "0", it is used to indicate that no pairing has been initiated. Should BWP's request-response process.

对于该第一BWP,是否发起请求-应答过程可以隐式指示。For this first BWP, whether to initiate a request-response procedure may be implicitly indicated.

在本申请一些实施例中,所述波束指示信息用于确定以下信息中的至少一种:所述第一控制信息关联的第一波束信息、物理信道传输关联的第二波束信息、所述应答信息关联的第三波束信息。例如,所述波束指示信息用于确定以下信息中的至少一种:所述第一控制信息关联的第一参考信号信息、物理信道传输关联的第二参考信号信息、所述应答信息关联的第三参考信号信息。In some embodiments of the present application, the beam indication information is used to determine at least one of the following information: first beam information associated with the first control information, second beam information associated with physical channel transmission, the response Information associated with the third beam information. For example, the beam indication information is used to determine at least one of the following information: first reference signal information associated with the first control information, second reference signal information associated with physical channel transmission, and first reference signal information associated with the acknowledgement information. Three reference signal information.

在本申请的一些实施例中,波束信息可以被替换为参考信号信息或参考信号索引或TCI信息。In some embodiments of the present application, beam information may be replaced with reference signal information or reference signal index or TCI information.

在一些实施例中,所述第一控制信息关联的第一波束信息可以为用于发送所述第一控制信息的波束信息,或者用于确定所述第一控制信息的发送波束的波束信息。或者,所述第一控制信息关联的第一波束信息可以为与所述第一控制信息或携带所述第一控制信息的物理信道或物理信号具有准共址QCL关系的第一参考信号的信息例如第一参考信号的索引或第一TCI信息。In some embodiments, the first beam information associated with the first control information may be beam information used to transmit the first control information, or beam information used to determine a transmission beam of the first control information. Alternatively, the first beam information associated with the first control information may be information of a first reference signal having a quasi-co-located QCL relationship with the first control information or a physical channel or physical signal carrying the first control information For example, the index of the first reference signal or the first TCI information.

在一些实施例中,携带所述第一控制信息的物理信道可以为PDCCH,PUCCH或物理侧行控制信道,例如PSCCH等。In some embodiments, the physical channel carrying the first control information may be PDCCH, PUCCH, or a physical sideline control channel, such as PSCCH, or the like.

在一些实施例中,携带所述第一控制信息的物理信号可以为SSB,CSI-RS或SRS或物理侧行信号,例如侧行CSI-RS或相位跟踪参考信号(Phase-tracking reference signals,PT-RS)等。In some embodiments, the physical signal carrying the first control information may be SSB, CSI-RS, or SRS, or a physical sideline signal, such as sideline CSI-RS or phase-tracking reference signals (PT). -RS) etc.

在一些实施例中,所述物理信道关联的第二波束信息可以为用于传输物理信道的波束信息。例如,可以根据所述物理信道关联的第二波束信息确定用于传输物理信道所使用的波束。或者,所述物理信道关联的第二波束信息可以为与所述物理信道具有QCL关系的第二参考信号的信息例如第二参考信号的索引或第二TCI信息。In some embodiments, the second beam information associated with the physical channel may be beam information for transmitting the physical channel. For example, the beam used for transmitting the physical channel may be determined according to the second beam information associated with the physical channel. Alternatively, the second beam information associated with the physical channel may be information of a second reference signal having a QCL relationship with the physical channel, such as an index of the second reference signal or second TCI information.

在一些实施例中,所述物理信道可以为所述第一控制信息对应的物理信道,例如第一控制信息调度或激活的物理信道。In some embodiments, the physical channel may be a physical channel corresponding to the first control information, for example, a physical channel scheduled or activated by the first control information.

在另一些实施例中,第二波束信息为用于传输物理信号的波束信息。所述物理信号可以为所述第一控制信息对应的物理信号,例如第一控制信息调度或激活的物理信号。In other embodiments, the second beam information is beam information for transmitting physical signals. The physical signal may be a physical signal corresponding to the first control information, for example, a physical signal scheduled or activated by the first control information.

在一些实施例中,所述第一设备为终端设备,所述第二设备为网络设备,所述物理信道可以包括PDSCH、PUSCH、SPS PDSCH或CG PUSCH。所述物理信号可以包括CSI-RS或SRS。In some embodiments, the first device is a terminal device, the second device is a network device, and the physical channel may include PDSCH, PUSCH, SPS PDSCH or CG PUSCH. The physical signal may include CSI-RS or SRS.

在另一些实施例中,所述第一设备为第一终端设备,所述第二设备为第二终端设备,所述物理信道可以包括物理侧行信道,例如,物理侧行共享信道(Physical Sidelink Shared Channel,PSSCH)。所述物理信号可以包括侧行链路上的参考信号。In some other embodiments, the first device is a first terminal device, the second device is a second terminal device, and the physical channel may include a physical sidelink channel, for example, a physical sidelink shared channel (Physical Sidelink). Shared Channel, PSSCH). The physical signals may include reference signals on the sidelink.

在一些实施例中,所述应答信息关联的第三波束信息可以为用于发送应答信息的波束信息。或者,所述应答信息关联的第三波束信息可以为与所述应答信息或携带所述应答信息的物理信道或物理信号具有QCL关系的第三参考信号的信息例如第三参考信号的索引。In some embodiments, the third beam information associated with the response information may be beam information used for sending the response information. Alternatively, the third beam information associated with the acknowledgement information may be information of a third reference signal having a QCL relationship with the acknowledgement information or a physical channel or physical signal carrying the acknowledgement information, such as an index of a third reference signal.

在一些实施例中,所述第三波束信息用于所述第一设备确定在信道接入过程中使用的波束,和/或,所述第三波束信息用于确定所述第一设备发送所述应答信息所使用的波束。In some embodiments, the third beam information is used for the first device to determine the beam used in the channel access process, and/or the third beam information is used to determine the first device to transmit the beam used for the reply message.

例如,所述信道接入过程可以为所述第一设备发送所述应答信息对应的信道接入过程。For example, the channel access process may be a channel access process corresponding to the first device sending the response information.

在本申请一些实施例中,所述第一波束信息包括以下中的至少一项:In some embodiments of the present application, the first beam information includes at least one of the following:

所述第一控制信息关联的传输配置指示(Transmission Configuration Indicator,TCI)指示信息;The transmission configuration indicator (Transmission Configuration Indicator, TCI) indication information associated with the first control information;

所述第一控制信息关联的参考信号信息。Reference signal information associated with the first control information.

在一些实施例中,TCI指示信息可以用于指示下行信号或下行信道对应的准共址(Quasi-co-located,QCL)参考信号,从而接收端可以基于该QCL参考信号进行下行信号或下行信道的接收。In some embodiments, the TCI indication information may be used to indicate a quasi-co-located (Quasi-co-located, QCL) reference signal corresponding to a downlink signal or a downlink channel, so that the receiving end can perform a downlink signal or downlink channel based on the QCL reference signal. reception.

在一些实施例中,TCI指示信息用于指示以下信息中的至少一种:In some embodiments, the TCI indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following information:

TCI状态ID,用于标识一个TCI状态;TCI state ID, used to identify a TCI state;

QCL信息1;QCL info 1;

QCL信息2。QCL information 2.

其中,一个QCL信息又包含如下信息:Among them, a QCL information also includes the following information:

QCL类型(type)配置,可以是QCL type A,QCL type B,QCL type C,QCL type D中的一个;QCL type (type) configuration, which can be one of QCL type A, QCL type B, QCL type C, and QCL type D;

QCL参考信号配置,包括参考信号所在的小区ID,BWP ID以及参考信号的标识(可以是CSI-RS资源ID或SSB索引)。The QCL reference signal configuration includes the ID of the cell where the reference signal is located, the BWP ID, and the identifier of the reference signal (which can be a CSI-RS resource ID or an SSB index).

其中,QCL信息1和QCL信息2中的至少一个QCL信息的QCL类型必须为typeA,typeB,typeC中的一个,另一个QCL信息(如果配置)的QCL类型必须为QCL type D。The QCL type of at least one of QCL information 1 and QCL information 2 must be one of typeA, typeB, and typeC, and the QCL type of the other QCL information (if configured) must be QCL type D.

其中,不同QCL类型配置的定义如下:Among them, the definitions of different QCL type configurations are as follows:

'QCL-TypeA':{多普勒频移(Doppler shift),多普勒扩展(Doppler spread),平均时延(average delay),延时扩展(delay spread)};'QCL-TypeA': {Doppler shift, Doppler spread, average delay, delay spread};

'QCL-TypeB':{多普勒频移(Doppler shift),多普勒扩展(Doppler spread)};'QCL-TypeB': {Doppler shift, Doppler spread};

'QCL-TypeC':{多普勒频移(Doppler shift),平均时延(average delay)};'QCL-TypeC': {Doppler shift, average delay};

'QCL-TypeD':{空间接收参数(Spatial Rx parameter)}。'QCL-TypeD': {Spatial Rx parameter}.

作为示例,所述第一控制信息关联的参考信号信息可以包括所述第一控制信息关联的参考信号索引。As an example, the reference signal information associated with the first control information may include a reference signal index associated with the first control information.

在一些实施例中,所述第二设备为网络设备,所述第一波束信息可以包括所述第一控制信息关联的同步信号块(Synchronization Signal Block,SSB)索引,或者,信道状态信息参考信号(Channel State Information Reference Signal,CSI-RS)索引。In some embodiments, the second device is a network device, and the first beam information may include a synchronization signal block (Synchronization Signal Block, SSB) index associated with the first control information, or a channel state information reference signal (Channel State Information Reference Signal, CSI-RS) index.

在一些实施例中,所述第一设备被配置第一波束信息集合,所述第一波束信息集合中包括多个第一波束信息,所述波束指示信息用于从所述第一波束信息集合中指示目标第一波束信息。例如,每个第一波束信息对应相应的索引,该波束指示信息可以用于指示目标第一波束信息的索引。In some embodiments, the first device is configured with a first beam information set, the first beam information set includes a plurality of first beam information, and the beam indication information is used to obtain information from the first beam information set indicates the target first beam information. For example, each first beam information corresponds to a corresponding index, and the beam indication information may be used to indicate an index of the target first beam information.

在本申请一些实施例中,所述第一波束信息集合是网络设备配置的,或者是预定义的。In some embodiments of the present application, the first beam information set is configured by a network device or predefined.

在另一些实施例中,所述第一设备被配置第一波束信息集合,所述第一波束信息集合中包括一个第一波束信息,则第一设备可以使用配置的该一个第一波束信息,此情况下,所述波束指示信息不用于指示第一波束信息,或者,所述波束指示信息中不包括第一波束信息,即第二设备可以不必向第一设备指示第一波束信息。In other embodiments, the first device is configured with a first beam information set, the first beam information set includes a first beam information, and the first device can use the configured first beam information, In this case, the beam indication information is not used to indicate the first beam information, or the beam indication information does not include the first beam information, that is, the second device does not need to indicate the first beam information to the first device.

在本申请一些实施例中,所述第二波束信息包括以下中的至少一项:In some embodiments of the present application, the second beam information includes at least one of the following:

所述物理信道传输关联的TCI指示信息,the TCI indication information associated with the physical channel transmission,

所述物理信道传输关联的参考信号信息。The physical channel transmits associated reference signal information.

在一些实施例中,所述物理信道关联的参考信号信息可以包括所述物理信道关联的参考信号索引。In some embodiments, the physical channel associated reference signal information may include the physical channel associated reference signal index.

在一些实施例中,所述第二设备为网络设备,所述第二波束信息可以包括所述物理信道传输关联的SSB索引,或者,CSI-RS索引。In some embodiments, the second device is a network device, and the second beam information may include an SSB index associated with the physical channel transmission, or a CSI-RS index.

在一些实施例中,所述第一设备被配置第二波束信息集合,所述第二波束信息集合中包括多个第二波束信息,所述波束指示信息用于从第二波束信息集合中指示目标第二波束信息。例如,每个第二波束信息对应相应的索引,该波束指示信息可以用于指示目标第二波束信息的索引。在本申请一些实施例中,所述第二波束信息集合是网络设备配置的,或者是预定义的。In some embodiments, the first device is configured with a second beam information set, the second beam information set includes a plurality of second beam information, and the beam indication information is used to indicate from the second beam information set Target second beam information. For example, each second beam information corresponds to a corresponding index, and the beam indication information may be used to indicate the index of the target second beam information. In some embodiments of the present application, the second beam information set is configured by a network device or predefined.

在另一些实施例中,所述第一设备被配置第二波束信息集合,所述第二波束信息集合中包括一个第二波束信息,则第一设备可以使用配置的该一个第二波束信息,此情况下,所述波束指示信息不用于指示第二波束信息,或者,所述波束指示信息中不包括第二波束信息,即第二设备可以不必向第一设备指示第二波束信息。In other embodiments, the first device is configured with a second beam information set, and the second beam information set includes one second beam information, then the first device can use the configured one second beam information, In this case, the beam indication information is not used to indicate the second beam information, or the beam indication information does not include the second beam information, that is, the second device does not need to indicate the second beam information to the first device.

在本申请一些实施例中,所述第三波束信息包括所述应答信息关联的参考信号信息。In some embodiments of the present application, the third beam information includes reference signal information associated with the response information.

在一些实施例中,所述应答信息关联的参考信号信息可以包括所述应答信息关联的参考信号索引。In some embodiments, the reference signal information associated with the acknowledgement information may include a reference signal index associated with the acknowledgement information.

在一些实施例中,所述第二设备为网络设备,所述第三波束信息可以包括探测参考信号(Sounding Reference Signal,SRS)索引。In some embodiments, the second device is a network device, and the third beam information may include a sounding reference signal (Sounding Reference Signal, SRS) index.

在一些实施例中,所述第一设备被配置第三波束信息集合,所述第三波束信息集合中包括多个第三波束信息,所述波束指示信息用于从第三波束信息集合中指示目标第三波束信息。例如,每个第三波束信息对应相应的索引,该波束指示信息可以用于指示目标第三波束信息的索引。在本申请一些实施例中,所述第三波束信息集合是网络设备配置的,或者是预定义的。In some embodiments, the first device is configured with a third beam information set, the third beam information set includes a plurality of third beam information, and the beam indication information is used to indicate from the third beam information set Target third beam information. For example, each third beam information corresponds to a corresponding index, and the beam indication information may be used to indicate the index of the target third beam information. In some embodiments of the present application, the third beam information set is configured by a network device, or is predefined.

在另一些实施例中,所述第一设备被配置第三波束信息集合,所述第三波束信息集合中包括一个第三波束信息,则第一设备可以使用配置的该一个第三波束信息,此情况下,所述波束指示信息不用于指示第三波束信息,或者,所述波束指示信息中不包括第三波束信息,即第二设备可以不必向第一 设备指示第三波束信息。In other embodiments, the first device is configured with a third beam information set, and the third beam information set includes a third beam information, and the first device can use the configured third beam information, In this case, the beam indication information is not used to indicate the third beam information, or the beam indication information does not include the third beam information, that is, the second device does not need to indicate the third beam information to the first device.

在本申请一些实施例中,所述波束指示信息还包括第二指示信息,其中,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第三波束信息与所述第一波束信息关联,或者,所述第三波束信息与所述第二波束信息关联。或者,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述应答信息对应的信道接入过程与所述第一波束信息关联,或者,所述应答信息对应的信道接入过程与所述第二波束信息关联。In some embodiments of the present application, the beam indication information further includes second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the third beam information is associated with the first beam information, or the The third beam information is associated with the second beam information. Alternatively, the second indication information is used to indicate that the channel access process corresponding to the response information is associated with the first beam information, or the channel access process corresponding to the response information is associated with the second beam information .

在本申请一些实施例中,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述应答信息对应的信道接入过程与所述第一波束信息或第二波束信息关联,或者,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述应答信息对应的信道接入过程与所述第三波束信息关联。在一些实施例中,当所述第二指示信息指示所述应答信息对应的信道接入过程与所述第一波束信息或第二波束信息关联时,所述应答信息对应的信道接入过程与所述第一波束信息关联还是与所述第二波束信息关联是根据高层参数确定的。In some embodiments of this application, the second indication information is used to indicate that the channel access process corresponding to the response information is associated with the first beam information or the second beam information, or the second indication information is used for The channel access process corresponding to the indicated response information is associated with the third beam information. In some embodiments, when the second indication information indicates that the channel access process corresponding to the response information is associated with the first beam information or the second beam information, the channel access process corresponding to the response information is the same as the channel access process corresponding to the response information. Whether the first beam information is associated or is associated with the second beam information is determined according to a higher layer parameter.

在一些实施例中,所述第三波束信息和所述第一波束信息关联可以指所述第三波束信息和所述第一波束信息对应,或者所述第三波束信息根据所述第一波束信息确定。In some embodiments, the association between the third beam information and the first beam information may refer to that the third beam information corresponds to the first beam information, or the third beam information is based on the first beam information Information OK.

在一些实施例中,所述第三波束信息和所述第二波束信息关联可以指所述第三波束信息和所述第二波束信息对应,或者所述第三波束信息根据所述第二波束信息确定。In some embodiments, the association between the third beam information and the second beam information may refer to that the third beam information corresponds to the second beam information, or the third beam information is based on the second beam information Information OK.

例如,所述第二指示信息包括1比特,当该1比特指示一预设值例如“1”时,用于指示第三波束信息与第一波束信息关联;当该1比特指示另一预设值例如“0”时,用于指示第三波束信息与第二波束信息关联。For example, the second indication information includes 1 bit, when the 1 bit indicates a preset value such as "1", it is used to indicate that the third beam information is associated with the first beam information; when the 1 bit indicates another preset value When the value is "0", it is used to indicate that the third beam information is associated with the second beam information.

在一些实施例中,第一设备根据第一波束信息、第二波束信息、第三波束信息和第二指示信息中的至少一种,完成所述应答信息对应的信道接入过程。例如,若所述第二指示信息指示所述第三波束信息与所述第一波束信息关联,那么所述第一设备根据所述第一波束信息确定在应答信息对应的信道接入过程中使用的波束;或者,若所述第二指示信息指示所述第三波束信息与所述第二波束信息关联,那么所述第一设备根据所述第二波束信息确定在应答信息对应的信道接入过程中使用的波束。In some embodiments, the first device completes the channel access process corresponding to the response information according to at least one of the first beam information, the second beam information, the third beam information, and the second indication information. For example, if the second indication information indicates that the third beam information is associated with the first beam information, the first device determines, according to the first beam information, to use in the channel access process corresponding to the response information or, if the second indication information indicates that the third beam information is associated with the second beam information, the first device determines, according to the second beam information, to access the channel corresponding to the response information beam used in the process.

在本申请一些实施例中,所述波束指示信息还包括第三指示信息,其中,所述第三指示信息用于指示以下信息中的至少一种:In some embodiments of the present application, the beam indication information further includes third indication information, where the third indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following information:

所述第一波束信息是所述第一设备专用的波束信息还是公共的波束信息;whether the first beam information is dedicated beam information for the first device or public beam information;

所述第二波束信息是所述第一设备专用的波束信息还是公共的波束信息;whether the second beam information is dedicated beam information for the first device or public beam information;

所述第三波束信息是所述第一设备专用的波束信息还是公共的波束信息。Whether the third beam information is dedicated beam information for the first device or public beam information.

例如,第三指示信息包括3比特,当该3比特分别对应第一波束信息,第二波束信息和第三波束信息,每个比特的取值用于指示对应的波束信息是否为第一设备专用的波束信息还是公共的波束信息。例如第一波束信息对应的比特位取一预设值例如“1”时,用于指示第一波束信息是所述第一设备专用的波束信息;当该比特位指示另一预设值例如“0”时,用于指示第一波束信息是公共的波束信息。For example, the third indication information includes 3 bits, when the 3 bits correspond to the first beam information, the second beam information and the third beam information respectively, the value of each bit is used to indicate whether the corresponding beam information is dedicated to the first device The beam information is still the public beam information. For example, when the bit corresponding to the first beam information takes a preset value such as "1", it is used to indicate that the first beam information is dedicated beam information for the first device; when the bit indicates another preset value such as " When it is 0", it is used to indicate that the first beam information is public beam information.

在本申请一些实施例中,所述应答资源指示信息用于确定以下信息中的至少一种:In some embodiments of the present application, the response resource indication information is used to determine at least one of the following information:

资源信息,所述资源信息用于确定传输所述应答信息的应答资源;resource information, where the resource information is used to determine the response resource for transmitting the response information;

第一时域位置信息,所述第一时域位置信息用于确定所述应答资源的时域位置;first time domain location information, where the first time domain location information is used to determine the time domain location of the response resource;

下行分配指示信息,所述下行分配指示信息用于确定所述应答信息在反馈码本中的位置;以及,downlink allocation indication information, where the downlink allocation indication information is used to determine the position of the response information in the feedback codebook; and,

功控信息,所述功控信息用于确定传输所述应答信息的发射功率。Power control information, where the power control information is used to determine the transmit power for transmitting the response information.

在一些实施例中,所述应答资源包括物理上行控制信道PUCCH资源,所述资源信息包括PUCCH资源指示信息,例如,PUCCH资源的时域位置信息和/或频域位置信息。In some embodiments, the acknowledgement resources include physical uplink control channel PUCCH resources, and the resource information includes PUCCH resource indication information, for example, time domain location information and/or frequency domain location information of the PUCCH resources.

在一些实施例中,所述应答资源包括物理侧行反馈信道(Physical Sidelink Feedback Channel,PSFCH),所述资源信息包括PSFCH资源指示信息,例如,PSFCH资源的时域位置信息和/或频域位置信息。In some embodiments, the acknowledgement resource includes a Physical Sidelink Feedback Channel (PSFCH), and the resource information includes PSFCH resource indication information, for example, time domain location information and/or frequency domain location of the PSFCH resource information.

在另一些实施例中,所述应答资源包括物理随机接入信道(Physical Random Access Channel,PRACH)资源,所述资源信息包括PRACH资源指示信息,例如,PRACH资源的时域位置信息、和/或频域位置信息、和/或PRACH序列索引信息。In other embodiments, the response resource includes a physical random access channel (Physical Random Access Channel, PRACH) resource, and the resource information includes PRACH resource indication information, for example, time domain location information of the PRACH resource, and/or Frequency domain location information, and/or PRACH sequence index information.

在又一些实施例中,所述应答资源包括SRS资源,所述资源信息包括SRS资源指示信息,例如,SRS资源的时域位置信息、和/或频域位置信息、和/或SRS索引信息。其中,SRS资源的时域位置信息包括SRS在对应时隙中包括的符号个数。In still other embodiments, the acknowledgment resources include SRS resources, and the resource information includes SRS resource indication information, for example, time domain location information, and/or frequency domain location information, and/or SRS index information of the SRS resources. The time domain location information of the SRS resource includes the number of symbols included in the corresponding time slot of the SRS.

在一些实施例中,所述应答资源包括PUCCH资源,所述第一时域位置信息包括HARQ反馈时序指示信息。In some embodiments, the acknowledgement resources include PUCCH resources, and the first time domain location information includes HARQ feedback timing indication information.

作为一个示例,HARQ反馈时序指示信息用于指示HARQ反馈时序集合中的取值。其中,HARQ反馈时序集合可以是预设的或网络设备配置的,HARQ反馈时序集合中包括至少一个K1值。As an example, the HARQ feedback timing indication information is used to indicate the values in the HARQ feedback timing set. The HARQ feedback timing set may be preset or configured by the network device, and the HARQ feedback timing set includes at least one K1 value.

如果HARQ反馈时序集合中只包括一个K1值,则第一控制信息中可以不包括HARQ反馈时序指示,HARQ反馈资源的时域位置根据该HARQ反馈时序集合中的该K1值确定。If the HARQ feedback timing set includes only one K1 value, the first control information may not include the HARQ feedback timing indication, and the time domain position of the HARQ feedback resource is determined according to the K1 value in the HARQ feedback timing set.

例如,HARQ反馈时序集合是预设的,预设值为{1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8}。HARQ反馈时序指示信息包括3比特,该3比特指示信息与该8个值一一映射。具体地,该HARQ反馈时序指示信息为000时,表示K1=1;该HARQ反馈时序指示信息为001时,表示K1=2,等等。For example, the HARQ feedback timing set is preset, and the preset value is {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8}. The HARQ feedback timing indication information includes 3 bits, and the 3-bit indication information is mapped to the 8 values one-to-one. Specifically, when the HARQ feedback timing indication information is 000, it means K1=1; when the HARQ feedback timing indication information is 001, it means K1=2, and so on.

又例如,网络设备配置的HARQ反馈时序集合中包括4个值,HARQ反馈时序指示信息包括2比特。该HARQ反馈时序指示信息为00时,指示HARQ反馈时序集合中的第一个值,该HARQ反馈时序指示信息为01时,指示HARQ反馈时序集合中的第二个值,等等。For another example, the HARQ feedback timing set configured by the network device includes 4 values, and the HARQ feedback timing indication information includes 2 bits. When the HARQ feedback timing indication information is 00, it indicates the first value in the HARQ feedback timing set, when the HARQ feedback timing indication information is 01, it indicates the second value in the HARQ feedback timing set, and so on.

在本申请一些实施例中,所述PUCCH资源用于传输PUCCH格式0。In some embodiments of the present application, the PUCCH resource is used to transmit PUCCH format 0.

在一些实施例中,所述应答资源包括PSFCH资源,所述第一时域位置信息包括HARQ反馈时序指示信息。In some embodiments, the acknowledgement resources include PSFCH resources, and the first time domain location information includes HARQ feedback timing indication information.

在另一些实施例中,所述应答资源包括PRACH资源,所述第一时域位置信息包括所述PRACH资源对应的随机接入信道传输机会。In other embodiments, the acknowledgment resources include PRACH resources, and the first time domain location information includes random access channel transmission opportunities corresponding to the PRACH resources.

在又一些实施例中,所述应答资源包括SRS资源,所述第一时域位置信息包括所述SRS资源对应的时间单元信息。其中,SRS资源对应的时间单元信息包括SRS对应的时隙,SRS在对应时隙中的起始符号等信息中的至少一种。In still other embodiments, the acknowledgment resources include SRS resources, and the first time domain location information includes time unit information corresponding to the SRS resources. The time unit information corresponding to the SRS resource includes at least one of information such as a time slot corresponding to the SRS, a start symbol of the SRS in the corresponding time slot, and the like.

在本申请一些实施例中,如果第一设备需要通过一个物理信道或物理信号反馈对应多个频域资源的应答信息,则该对应多个频域资源的应答信息可以通过PUCCH传输。如果第一设备需要通过一个物理信道或物理信号反馈对应一个频域资源的应答信息,则该对应一个频域资源的应答信息可以通过PUCCH或PRACH或SRS传输。In some embodiments of the present application, if the first device needs to feed back response information corresponding to multiple frequency domain resources through a physical channel or physical signal, the response information corresponding to multiple frequency domain resources may be transmitted through PUCCH. If the first device needs to feed back response information corresponding to one frequency domain resource through a physical channel or physical signal, the response information corresponding to one frequency domain resource may be transmitted through PUCCH, PRACH or SRS.

通过允许应答信息可以通过不同类型的资源进行传输,为网络设备的资源配置提供了灵活度。例如网络设备可以综合小区里的终端设备的业务负载情况,为不同的终端设备灵活配置其应答信息对应的资源类型,从而使不同终端设备的应答资源可以进行复用,提高频谱资源利用效率。By allowing response information to be transmitted through different types of resources, flexibility is provided for resource configuration of network devices. For example, the network device can synthesize the service load of the terminal devices in the cell, and flexibly configure the resource type corresponding to the response information for different terminal devices, so that the response resources of different terminal devices can be multiplexed and the efficiency of spectrum resource utilization can be improved.

在一些实施例中,下行分配指示(Downlink assignment index,DAI)信息可以包括DAI计数(counter DAI,C-DAI)信息和/或DAI总数(Total Downlink Assignment Index,T-DAI)信息。In some embodiments, the downlink assignment index (DAI) information may include DAI count (counter DAI, C-DAI) information and/or total DAI (Total Downlink Assignment Index, T-DAI) information.

在一些实施例中,所述第一控制信息为第一DCI,所述第一DCI用于调度第一PDSCH传输,所述第一DCI还包括第二时域位置信息,其中,所述资源信息和所述第一时域位置信息用于确定第一PUCCH资源,所述资源信息和所述第二时域位置信息用于确定第二PUCCH资源,所述第一PUCCH资源用于传输所述应答信息,所述第二PUCCH资源用于传输所述第一PDSCH对应的HARQ-ACK信息。即在本申请实施例中用于传输PDSCH的HARQ-ACK信息和应答信息的PUCCH资源可以根据同一资源信息确定,二者只需通过不同的时域位置信息区分。In some embodiments, the first control information is a first DCI, the first DCI is used to schedule a first PDSCH transmission, and the first DCI further includes second time domain location information, wherein the resource information and the first time-domain location information is used to determine a first PUCCH resource, the resource information and the second time-domain location information are used to determine a second PUCCH resource, and the first PUCCH resource is used to transmit the acknowledgement information, the second PUCCH resource is used to transmit HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the first PDSCH. That is, in this embodiment of the present application, the PUCCH resources used to transmit the HARQ-ACK information and the response information of the PDSCH may be determined according to the same resource information, and the two only need to be distinguished by different time domain location information.

在本申请一些实施例中,所述信道接入指示信息用于确定以下信息中的至少一种:In some embodiments of the present application, the channel access indication information is used to determine at least one of the following information:

所述应答信息对应的信道接入方式;以及,the channel access mode corresponding to the response information; and,

所述应答信息对应的延长循环前缀(cyclic prefix extension,CPE)长度。The length of a cyclic prefix extension (CPE) corresponding to the response information.

在一些实施例中,所述应答信息对应的CPE长度为所述应答信息的第一个符号的延长CP的长度。In some embodiments, the CPE length corresponding to the response information is the length of the extended CP of the first symbol of the response information.

在一些实施例中,所述应答信息对应的信道接入方式为以下其中之一:不做信道检测的信道接入、第一类型的信道接入、第二类型的信道接入。In some embodiments, the channel access mode corresponding to the response information is one of the following: channel access without channel detection, channel access of the first type, and channel access of the second type.

在一些实施例中,所述第一类型的信道接入为随机回退多个监听时隙的信道接入方式。In some embodiments, the first type of channel access is a channel access manner of randomly backing off multiple listening time slots.

在一些实施例中,所述第二类型的信道接入为固定监听时隙长度的信道接入方式。In some embodiments, the second type of channel access is a channel access manner with a fixed listening time slot length.

在一些实施例中,所述第一类型的信道接入可以包括对应定向信道检测的第一类型的信道接入或对应全向信道检测的第一类型的信道接入。In some embodiments, the first type of channel access may include a first type of channel access corresponding to directional channel detection or a first type of channel access corresponding to omnidirectional channel detection.

在一些实施例中,所述第二类型的信道接入可以包括对应定向信道检测的第二类型的信道接入或对应全向信道检测的第二类型的信道接入。In some embodiments, the second type of channel access may include a second type of channel access corresponding to directional channel detection or a second type of channel access corresponding to omnidirectional channel detection.

也就是说,所述应答信息对应的信道接入方式可以为以下中的一种:That is to say, the channel access mode corresponding to the response information may be one of the following:

不做信道检测的信道接入、对应定向信道检测的第一类型的信道接入、对应定向信道检测的第二类型的信道接入,对应全向信道检测的第一类型的信道接入、对应全向信道检测的第二类型的信道接入。Channel access without channel detection, the first type of channel access corresponding to directional channel detection, the second type of channel access corresponding to directional channel detection, the first type of channel access corresponding to omnidirectional channel detection, the corresponding A second type of channel access for omnidirectional channel detection.

在一些实施例中,所述信道接入指示信息包括用于指示所述信道接入方式的指示信息和/或用于指示所述CPE长度的指示信息。In some embodiments, the channel access indication information includes indication information for indicating the channel access mode and/or indication information for indicating the length of the CPE.

在一些实施例中,所述信道接入指示信息包括用于指示所述信道接入方式的指示信息和用于指示所述CPE长度的指示信息;或者,所述信道接入指示信息用于指示联合编码的所述信道接入方式和所述CPE长度。In some embodiments, the channel access indication information includes indication information used to indicate the channel access mode and indication information used to indicate the length of the CPE; or, the channel access indication information is used to indicate The channel access mode and the CPE length are jointly coded.

在一些实施例中,所述信道接入方式和所述CPE长度可以通过不同的信息指示,或者也可以通过同一信息指示。In some embodiments, the channel access mode and the CPE length may be indicated by different information, or may be indicated by the same information.

例如,所述信道接入指示信息用于指示第一信道接入指示信息,所述第一信道接入指示信息对应第一配置集合中一组配置,所述第一配置集合中的每组配置包括信道接入方式和/或延长循环前缀CPE长度。For example, the channel access indication information is used to indicate the first channel access indication information, the first channel access indication information corresponds to a group of configurations in the first configuration set, and each group of configurations in the first configuration set Including channel access mode and/or extending the cyclic prefix CPE length.

在本申请一些实施例中,第一配置集合中包括一组配置,该一组配置用于指示信道接入方式为不做信道检测的信道接入和/或CPE长度为0。In some embodiments of the present application, the first configuration set includes a set of configurations, and the set of configurations is used to indicate that the channel access mode is channel access without channel detection and/or the CPE length is 0.

又例如,所述信道接入指示信息用于指示第一信道接入指示信息和第二信道接入指示信息,所述第一信道接入指示信息用于指示至少一个信道接入方式中的一种,所述第二信道接入指示信息用于指示至少一种CPE长度中的一种。For another example, the channel access indication information is used to indicate the first channel access indication information and the second channel access indication information, and the first channel access indication information is used to indicate one of the at least one channel access mode. The second channel access indication information is used to indicate one of at least one CPE length.

在一些实施例中,信道接入方式对应的信道检测波束类型包括对应全向信道检测或对应定向信道检测。在一些实施例中,信道检测波束类型可以是全向或定向。在定向情况下,信道检测波束方向可以是具体关联的波束方向或参考信号索引或TCI信息。In some embodiments, the channel detection beam type corresponding to the channel access mode includes corresponding omnidirectional channel detection or corresponding directional channel detection. In some embodiments, the channel detection beam type may be omnidirectional or directional. In the directional case, the channel detection beam direction may be a specifically associated beam direction or reference signal index or TCI information.

在一些实施例中,根据所述信道接入指示信息确定的信道接入方式对应的信道检测波束类型基于网络设备配置的高层参数确定或由所述信道接入指示信息指示或是预设的;和/或,该信道检测波束方向(即信道接入过程中使用的波束)基于网络设备配置的高层参数确定或由所述信道接入指示信息指示或是预设的。In some embodiments, the channel detection beam type corresponding to the channel access mode determined according to the channel access indication information is determined based on high-level parameters configured by the network device or indicated by the channel access indication information or preset; And/or, the channel detection beam direction (that is, the beam used in the channel access process) is determined based on high-layer parameters configured by the network device, or is indicated by the channel access indication information, or is preset.

在一些实施例中,所述第一控制信息为第一DCI,其中,所述第一DCI用于调度第一PDSCH传输,根据所述信道接入指示信息确定的信道接入方式还用于传输所述第一PDSCH对应的HARQ-ACK信息。In some embodiments, the first control information is a first DCI, where the first DCI is used for scheduling the first PDSCH transmission, and the channel access mode determined according to the channel access indication information is also used for transmission HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the first PDSCH.

在另一些实施例中,所述第一DCI用于调度第一PUSCH传输,所述信道接入方式还用于传输所述第一PUSCH。In other embodiments, the first DCI is used for scheduling the first PUSCH transmission, and the channel access mode is also used for the transmission of the first PUSCH.

在一些实施例中,如果所述第一PDSCH对应的HARQ-ACK信息对应的信道接入方式为对应定向信道检测的信道接入,那么所述第一PDSCH对应的HARQ-ACK信息对应的信道接入过程中使用的波束与所述应答信息对应的信道接入过程中使用的波束相同;或者,所述第一PDSCH对应的HARQ-ACK信息对应的信道接入过程中使用的波束根据所述波束指示信息确定。In some embodiments, if the channel access mode corresponding to the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the first PDSCH is channel access corresponding to directional channel detection, then the channel access mode corresponding to the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the first PDSCH The beam used in the access process is the same as the beam used in the channel access process corresponding to the acknowledgment information; or, the beam used in the channel access process corresponding to the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the first PDSCH is based on the beam. The instructions are OK.

在另一些实施例中,如果所述第一PUSCH对应的信道接入方式为对应定向信道检测的信道接入,那么所述第一PUSCH对应的信道接入过程中使用的波束与所述应答信息对应的信道接入过程中使用的波束相同;或者,所述第一PUSCH对应的信道接入过程中使用的波束根据所述波束指示信息确定。In other embodiments, if the channel access mode corresponding to the first PUSCH is channel access corresponding to directional channel detection, the beam used in the channel access process corresponding to the first PUSCH and the response information The beams used in the corresponding channel access process are the same; or, the beams used in the channel access process corresponding to the first PUSCH are determined according to the beam indication information.

在一些在本申请一些实施例中所述第一设备确定向所述第二设备发送所述应答信息(例如ACK信息)的情况下,在所述应答信息对应的信道接入成功的情况下,所述第一设备向所述第二设备发送所述应答信息;在所述应答信息对应的信道接入失败的情况下,所述第一设备不向所述第二设备发送所述应答信息。In some cases where the first device determines to send the response information (eg, ACK information) to the second device in some embodiments of the present application, in the case that the channel corresponding to the response information is successfully accessed, The first device sends the response information to the second device; in the case that access to the channel corresponding to the response information fails, the first device does not send the response information to the second device.

对于第二设备来说,若第二设备接收到了应答信息(例如ACK信息),则确定可以向第一设备进行无线通信例如进行下行传输或者侧行传输。若第二设备接收到了NACK信息或者未接收到任何应答信息,则可以确定不向第一设备进行无线通信例如进行下行传输或者侧行传输。For the second device, if the second device receives the response information (eg, ACK information), it is determined that wireless communication can be performed to the first device, such as downlink transmission or sideline transmission. If the second device receives the NACK information or does not receive any response information, it may be determined not to perform wireless communication with the first device, such as downlink transmission or sideline transmission.

在一些实施例中,对于第二设备向第一设备的传输需要进行信道检测的情况,第二设备在进行传输之前,需要进行信道检测,如果信道检测成功,则可以向第一设备进行无线通信例如进行下行传输或者侧行传输。In some embodiments, in the case where channel detection is required for transmission from the second device to the first device, the second device needs to perform channel detection before transmission, and if the channel detection is successful, it can perform wireless communication with the first device For example, downlink transmission or sideline transmission is performed.

在一些实施例中,第二设备向第一设备发送第一控制信息时对应的信道接入方式基于高层配置参数确定和/或是预定义的。即第二设备向第一设备发送第一控制信息所使用的信道接入方式可以根据高层配置参数确定,或者是预定义的。In some embodiments, the channel access mode corresponding to when the second device sends the first control information to the first device is determined and/or predefined based on high-layer configuration parameters. That is, the channel access mode used by the second device to send the first control information to the first device may be determined according to a high-level configuration parameter, or may be predefined.

综上,本申请实施例通过设计用于发送传输请求信息的格式,可以用于接收侧辅助信道检测过程中的信息交互。例如,所述第一控制信息可以通过第一设备的专用控制信道发送,该第一控制信息中可以包括该第二设备的传输请求信息或者可以包括该第一设备的调度信息或者同时包括该第一设备的传输请求信息和调度信息。第一设备在接收到该第一控制信息中包括的该第一设备对应的传输请求后,可以根据该传输请求信息确定应答信息的资源、应答信息对应的波束信息等相关信息,从而实现和第二设备之间的信息交互。To sum up, the embodiments of the present application can be used for information exchange in the receiving side auxiliary channel detection process by designing the format for sending the transmission request information. For example, the first control information may be sent through a dedicated control channel of the first device, and the first control information may include transmission request information of the second device or may include scheduling information of the first device or both Transmission request information and scheduling information of a device. After receiving the transmission request corresponding to the first device included in the first control information, the first device can determine the resources of the response information, the beam information corresponding to the response information, and other related information according to the transmission request information, so as to realize the communication with the first device. Information exchange between two devices.

以上结合附图详细描述了本申请的优选实施方式,但是,本申请并不限于上述实施方式中的具体细节,在本申请的技术构思范围内,可以对本申请的技术方案进行多种简单变型,这些简单变型均属于本申请的保护范围。例如,在上述具体实施方式中所描述的各个具体技术特征,在不矛盾的情况下,可以通过任何合适的方式进行组合,为了避免不必要的重复,本申请对各种可能的组合方式不再另行 说明。又例如,本申请的各种不同的实施方式之间也可以进行任意组合,只要其不违背本申请的思想,其同样应当视为本申请所公开的内容。又例如,在不冲突的前提下,本申请描述的各个实施例和/或各个实施例中的技术特征可以和现有技术任意的相互组合,组合之后得到的技术方案也应落入本申请的保护范围。The preferred embodiments of the present application have been described in detail above with reference to the accompanying drawings. However, the present application is not limited to the specific details of the above-mentioned embodiments. Within the scope of the technical concept of the present application, various simple modifications can be made to the technical solutions of the present application. These simple modifications all belong to the protection scope of the present application. For example, the specific technical features described in the above-mentioned specific embodiments can be combined in any suitable manner unless they are inconsistent. In order to avoid unnecessary repetition, this application does not describe any possible combination. State otherwise. For another example, the various embodiments of the present application can also be combined arbitrarily, as long as they do not violate the idea of the present application, they should also be regarded as the content disclosed in the present application. For another example, under the premise of no conflict, the various embodiments described in this application and/or the technical features in each embodiment can be arbitrarily combined with the prior art, and the technical solutions obtained after the combination should also fall within the scope of this application. protected range.

还应理解,在本申请的各种方法实施例中,上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。此外,在本申请实施例中,术语“下行”、“上行”和“侧行”用于表示信号或数据的传输方向,其中,“下行”用于表示信号或数据的传输方向为从站点发送至小区的用户设备的第一方向,“上行”用于表示信号或数据的传输方向为从小区的用户设备发送至站点的第二方向,“侧行”用于表示信号或数据的传输方向为从用户设备1发送至用户设备2的第三方向。例如,“下行信号”表示该信号的传输方向为第一方向。另外,本申请实施例中,术语“和/或”,仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系。具体地,A和/或B可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。另外,本文中字符“/”,一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。It should also be understood that, in the various method embodiments of the present application, the size of the sequence numbers of the above-mentioned processes does not mean the sequence of execution, and the execution sequence of each process should be determined by its functions and internal logic, and should not be dealt with in the present application. The implementation of the embodiments constitutes no limitation. In addition, in the embodiments of the present application, the terms "downlink", "uplink" and "side row" are used to indicate the transmission direction of signals or data, wherein "downlink" is used to indicate that the transmission direction of the signal or data is the transmission direction from the station The first direction to the user equipment of the cell, "uplink" is used to indicate that the transmission direction of the signal or data is the second direction sent from the user equipment of the cell to the site, and "sideline" is used to indicate that the transmission direction of the signal or data is The third direction sent from user equipment 1 to user equipment 2. For example, "downlink signal" indicates that the transmission direction of the signal is the first direction. In addition, in this embodiment of the present application, the term "and/or" is only an association relationship for describing associated objects, indicating that there may be three kinds of relationships. Specifically, A and/or B can represent three situations: A exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone. In addition, the character "/" in this document generally indicates that the related objects are an "or" relationship.

上文结合图3,详细描述了本申请的方法实施例,下文结合图4至图7,详细描述本申请的装置实施例,应理解,装置实施例与方法实施例相互对应,类似的描述可以参照方法实施例。The method embodiment of the present application is described in detail above with reference to FIG. 3 , and the device embodiment of the present application is described in detail below with reference to FIGS. 4 to 7 . It should be understood that the device embodiment and the method embodiment correspond to each other, and similar descriptions may be See method examples.

图4示出了根据本申请实施例的无线通信的设备400的示意性框图。如图4所示,该设备400包括:FIG. 4 shows a schematic block diagram of a device 400 for wireless communication according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 4, the device 400 includes:

通信单元410,用于接收第二设备发送的第一控制信息,所述第一控制信息用于所述设备确定所述第二设备是否向所述设备发起请求-应答过程;A communication unit 410, configured to receive first control information sent by a second device, where the first control information is used by the device to determine whether the second device initiates a request-response process to the device;

处理单元420,用于根据所述第一控制信息确定是否向所述第二设备发送应答信息。The processing unit 420 is configured to determine whether to send response information to the second device according to the first control information.

在一些实施例中,所述处理单元420具体用于:In some embodiments, the processing unit 420 is specifically configured to:

若根据所述第一控制信息确定所述第二设备向所述设备发起所述请求-应答过程,确定向所述第二设备发送所述应答信息;或,If it is determined according to the first control information that the second device initiates the request-response process to the device, it is determined to send the response information to the second device; or,

若根据所述第一控制信息确定所述第二设备未向所述设备发起所述请求-应答过程,确定不向所述第二设备发送所述应答信息;或,If it is determined according to the first control information that the second device does not initiate the request-response process to the device, determine not to send the response information to the second device; or,

若根据所述第一控制信息确定所述第二设备未向所述第一设备发起所述请求-应答过程,确定向所述第二设备发送所述应答信息,所述应答信息用于指示不允许传输。If it is determined according to the first control information that the second device has not initiated the request-response process to the first device, it is determined to send the response information to the second device, where the response information is used to indicate that it does not Transmission is allowed.

在一些实施例中,所述设备包括终端设备,所述第二设备包括网络设备,所述第一控制信息对应第一下行控制信息DCI格式。In some embodiments, the device includes a terminal device, the second device includes a network device, and the first control information corresponds to the first downlink control information DCI format.

在一些实施例中,所述第一DCI格式为以下DCI格式中的一种:In some embodiments, the first DCI format is one of the following DCI formats:

用于调度物理下行共享信道PDSCH的DCI格式;DCI format for scheduling the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH;

用于激活半持续调度SPS PDSCH的DCI格式;DCI format for activating semi-persistent scheduling SPS PDSCH;

用于释放SPS PDSCH的DCI格式;DCI format for releasing SPS PDSCH;

用于调度物理上行共享信道PUSCH的DCI格式;DCI format for scheduling the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH;

用于激活配置授权CG PUSCH的DCI格式;The DCI format used to activate the configuration authorization CG PUSCH;

用于释放CG PUSCH的DCI格式;DCI format for releasing CG PUSCH;

用于激活配置授权物理侧行信道的DCI格式;以及,the DCI format used to activate the configuration authorized physical side channel; and,

用于释放配置授权物理侧行信道的DCI格式。The DCI format used to release the configuration authorized physical side channel.

在一些实施例中,所述设备包括第一终端设备,所述第二设备包括第二终端设备,所述第一控制信息对应第一侧行控制信息SCI格式。In some embodiments, the device includes a first terminal device, the second device includes a second terminal device, and the first control information corresponds to the SCI format of the first sideline control information.

在一些实施例中,所述第一SCI格式包括用于调度物理侧行共享信道PSSCH的SCI格式。In some embodiments, the first SCI format includes an SCI format for scheduling a physical side row shared channel PSSCH.

在一些实施例中,所述处理单元420还用于:In some embodiments, the processing unit 420 is further configured to:

根据所述第一控制信息是否包括传输请求信息,确定所述第二设备是否向所述设备发起所述请求-应答过程。Whether the second device initiates the request-response process to the device is determined according to whether the first control information includes transmission request information.

在一些实施例中,所述处理单元420具体用于:In some embodiments, the processing unit 420 is specifically configured to:

若所述第一控制信息中包括所述传输请求信息,确定所述第二设备向所述设备发起所述请求-应答过程;或者,If the first control information includes the transmission request information, it is determined that the second device initiates the request-response process to the device; or,

若所述第一控制信息中不包括所述传输请求信息,确定所述第二设备未向所述设备发起所述请求-应答过程。If the first control information does not include the transmission request information, it is determined that the second device does not initiate the request-response process to the device.

在一些实施例中,所述第一控制信息中是否包括所述传输请求信息是根据高层参数确定的,或者预定义的。In some embodiments, whether the transmission request information is included in the first control information is determined according to a higher layer parameter, or is predefined.

在一些实施例中,所述第一控制信息中包括传输请求信息,所述传输请求信息包括以下至少一种 信息:In some embodiments, the first control information includes transmission request information, and the transmission request information includes at least one of the following information:

第一指示信息、至少一个频域资源指示信息、波束指示信息、应答资源指示信息和信道接入指示信息,其中,所述第一指示信息用于指示是否发起所述请求-应答过程。First indication information, at least one frequency domain resource indication information, beam indication information, response resource indication information and channel access indication information, wherein the first indication information is used to indicate whether to initiate the request-response process.

在一些实施例中,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第二设备向所述设备发起所述请求-应答过程;或者,In some embodiments, the first indication information is used to instruct the second device to initiate the request-response process to the device; or,

所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第二设备未向所述设备发起所述请求-应答过程。The first indication information is used to indicate that the second device does not initiate the request-response process to the device.

在一些实施例中,所述至少一个频域资源指示信息关联至少一个小区或至少一个带宽部分BWP或至少一个频域资源集合。In some embodiments, the at least one frequency domain resource indication information is associated with at least one cell or at least one bandwidth part BWP or at least one frequency domain resource set.

在一些实施例中,所述至少一个频域资源指示信息中的第一频域资源指示信息关联第一小区或第一BWP或第一频域资源集合,所述第一频域资源指示信息用于指示所述第二设备是否在所述第一小区或所述第一BWP或所述第一频域资源集合上向所述第一设备发起所述请求-应答过程,其中,所述第一小区是所述第一设备对应的小区,所述第一BWP为所述第一小区对应的BWP,所述第一频域资源集合为所述第一BWP对应的频域资源集合。In some embodiments, the first frequency domain resource indication information in the at least one frequency domain resource indication information is associated with the first cell or the first BWP or the first frequency domain resource set, and the first frequency domain resource indication information is used for to indicate whether the second device initiates the request-response procedure to the first device on the first cell or the first BWP or the first set of frequency domain resources, wherein the first The cell is a cell corresponding to the first device, the first BWP is a BWP corresponding to the first cell, and the first frequency domain resource set is a frequency domain resource set corresponding to the first BWP.

在一些实施例中,所述第一指示信息承载在所述第一控制信息中的专用信息域中;或者,In some embodiments, the first indication information is carried in a dedicated information field in the first control information; or,

所述第一指示信息通过所述第一控制信息中的第一信息域的第一状态指示,其中,在所述第一信息域的取值为所述第一状态时,所述第一信息域用于指示不发起所述请求-应答过程;或者,The first indication information is indicated by the first state of the first information field in the first control information, wherein when the value of the first information field is the first state, the first information field is used to indicate that the request-response procedure is not to be initiated; or,

所述第一指示信息通过所述第一控制信息中的部分或全部比特的取值为第二状态指示,其中,在所述第一控制信息中的所述部分或全部比特的取值为所述第二状态时,所述第一指示信息指示不发起所述请求-应答过程。The first indication information is indicated by the value of part or all of the bits in the first control information as the second state, wherein the value of the part or all of the bits in the first control information is all In the second state, the first indication information indicates that the request-response process is not initiated.

在一些实施例中,所述波束指示信息用于确定以下信息中的至少一种:In some embodiments, the beam indication information is used to determine at least one of the following:

所述第一控制信息关联的第一波束信息、物理信道传输关联的第二波束信息、所述应答信息关联的第三波束信息,其中,所述物理信道包括所述第一控制信息对应的物理信道。The first beam information associated with the first control information, the second beam information associated with physical channel transmission, and the third beam information associated with the response information, wherein the physical channel includes the physical channel corresponding to the first control information. channel.

在一些实施例中,所述第一波束信息包括以下中的至少一项:In some embodiments, the first beam information includes at least one of the following:

所述第一控制信息关联的传输配置指示TCI指示信息;The transmission configuration associated with the first control information indicates TCI indication information;

所述第一控制信息关联的参考信号信息。Reference signal information associated with the first control information.

在一些实施例中,所述第二波束信息包括以下中的至少一项:In some embodiments, the second beam information includes at least one of the following:

所述物理信道传输关联的TCI指示信息;the TCI indication information associated with the physical channel transmission;

所述物理信道传输关联的参考信号信息。The physical channel transmits associated reference signal information.

在一些实施例中,所述第三波束信息包括所述应答信息关联的参考信号信息。In some embodiments, the third beam information includes reference signal information associated with the acknowledgement information.

在一些实施例中,所述波束指示信息用于确定所述应答信息关联的第三波束信息,所述第三波束信息用于确定在信道接入过程中使用的波束,和/或,所述第三波束信息用于确定所述设备发送所述应答信息所使用的波束。In some embodiments, the beam indication information is used to determine the third beam information associated with the reply information, the third beam information is used to determine the beam used in the channel access process, and/or the The third beam information is used to determine the beam used by the device to send the reply information.

在一些实施例中,所述波束指示信息还包括第二指示信息,其中,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第三波束信息与所述第一波束信息关联,或者,所述第三波束信息与所述第二波束信息关联。In some embodiments, the beam indication information further includes second indication information, wherein the second indication information is used to indicate that the third beam information is associated with the first beam information, or the third beam information is associated with the first beam information. Beam information is associated with the second beam information.

在一些实施例中,所述波束指示信息还包括第三指示信息,其中,所述第三指示信息用于指示以下信息中的至少一种:In some embodiments, the beam indication information further includes third indication information, wherein the third indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following information:

所述第一波束信息是所述设备专用的波束信息还是公共的波束信息;whether the first beam information is the beam information dedicated to the device or the public beam information;

所述第二波束信息是所述设备专用的波束信息还是公共的波束信息;以及,whether the second beam information is the device-specific beam information or the public beam information; and,

所述第三波束信息是所述设备专用的波束信息还是公共的波束信息。Whether the third beam information is the device-specific beam information or the public beam information.

在一些实施例中,所述应答资源指示信息用于确定以下信息中的至少一种:In some embodiments, the response resource indication information is used to determine at least one of the following information:

资源信息,所述资源信息用于确定传输所述应答信息的应答资源;resource information, where the resource information is used to determine the response resource for transmitting the response information;

第一时域位置信息,所述第一时域位置信息用于确定所述应答资源的时域位置;first time domain location information, where the first time domain location information is used to determine the time domain location of the response resource;

下行分配指示信息,所述下行分配指示信息用于确定所述应答信息在反馈码本中的位置;以及,downlink allocation indication information, where the downlink allocation indication information is used to determine the position of the response information in the feedback codebook; and,

功控信息,所述功控信息用于确定传输所述应答信息的发射功率。Power control information, where the power control information is used to determine the transmit power for transmitting the response information.

在一些实施例中,所述应答资源包括物理上行控制信道PUCCH资源,所述资源信息包括PUCCH资源指示信息;或者,In some embodiments, the acknowledgment resources include physical uplink control channel PUCCH resources, and the resource information includes PUCCH resource indication information; or,

所述应答资源包括物理随机接入信道PRACH资源,所述资源信息包括PRACH资源指示信息;或者,The response resources include physical random access channel PRACH resources, and the resource information includes PRACH resource indication information; or,

所述应答资源包括SRS资源,所述资源信息包括SRS资源指示信息。The response resources include SRS resources, and the resource information includes SRS resource indication information.

在一些实施例中,所述应答资源包括PUCCH资源,所述第一时域位置信息包括混合自动重传请求HARQ反馈时序指示信息;或者,In some embodiments, the acknowledgment resources include PUCCH resources, and the first time domain location information includes hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) feedback timing indication information; or,

所述应答资源包括PRACH资源,所述第一时域位置信息包括所述PRACH资源对应的随机接入 信道传输机会;The response resources include PRACH resources, and the first time domain location information includes random access channel transmission opportunities corresponding to the PRACH resources;

所述应答资源包括SRS资源,所述第一时域位置信息包括所述SRS资源对应的时间单元信息。The response resources include SRS resources, and the first time domain location information includes time unit information corresponding to the SRS resources.

在一些实施例中,所述第一控制信息为第一DCI,所述第一DCI用于调度第一PDSCH传输,所述第一DCI还包括第二时域位置信息,其中,所述资源信息和所述第一时域位置信息用于确定第一PUCCH资源,所述资源信息和所述第二时域位置信息用于确定第二PUCCH资源,所述第一PUCCH资源用于传输所述应答信息,所述第二PUCCH资源用于传输所述第一PDSCH对应的HARQ-ACK信息。In some embodiments, the first control information is a first DCI, the first DCI is used to schedule a first PDSCH transmission, and the first DCI further includes second time domain location information, wherein the resource information and the first time-domain location information is used to determine a first PUCCH resource, the resource information and the second time-domain location information are used to determine a second PUCCH resource, and the first PUCCH resource is used to transmit the acknowledgement information, the second PUCCH resource is used to transmit HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the first PDSCH.

在一些实施例中,所述信道接入指示信息用于确定以下信息中的至少一种:In some embodiments, the channel access indication information is used to determine at least one of the following information:

所述应答信息对应的信道接入方式;以及,the channel access mode corresponding to the response information; and,

所述应答信息对应的延长循环前缀CPE长度。The length of the extended cyclic prefix CPE corresponding to the response information.

在一些实施例中,所述应答信息对应的信道接入方式为以下其中之一:不做信道检测的信道接入、第一类型的信道接入、第二类型的信道接入。In some embodiments, the channel access mode corresponding to the response information is one of the following: channel access without channel detection, channel access of the first type, and channel access of the second type.

在一些实施例中,所述第一类型的信道接入为随机回退多个监听时隙的信道接入方式;和/或,In some embodiments, the first type of channel access is a channel access manner of randomly backing off multiple listening time slots; and/or,

所述第二类型的信道接入为固定监听时隙长度的信道接入方式。The second type of channel access is a channel access manner with a fixed listening time slot length.

在一些实施例中,所述信道接入指示信息包括用于指示所述信道接入方式的指示信息和/或用于指示所述CPE长度的指示信息。In some embodiments, the channel access indication information includes indication information for indicating the channel access mode and/or indication information for indicating the length of the CPE.

在一些实施例中,所述第一控制信息为第一DCI,其中,所述第一DCI用于调度第一PDSCH传输,所述信道接入方式还用于传输所述第一PDSCH对应的HARQ-ACK信息;或者,In some embodiments, the first control information is a first DCI, where the first DCI is used to schedule transmission of the first PDSCH, and the channel access mode is also used to transmit HARQ corresponding to the first PDSCH - ACK information; or,

所述第一DCI用于调度第一PUSCH传输,所述信道接入方式还用于传输所述第一PUSCH。The first DCI is used to schedule the first PUSCH transmission, and the channel access mode is also used to transmit the first PUSCH.

在一些实施例中,所述第一控制信息中包括传输请求信息,所述传输请求信息中包括的至少一种信息在所述第一控制信息中所占的比特数是根据高层参数确定的;或者,In some embodiments, the first control information includes transmission request information, and the number of bits occupied by at least one type of information included in the transmission request information in the first control information is determined according to high-level parameters; or,

所述传输请求信息中包括的至少一种信息在所述第一控制信息中所占的比特数是预定义的。The number of bits occupied by at least one type of information included in the transmission request information in the first control information is predefined.

在一些实施例中,所述第一控制信息为所述设备专用的控制信息。In some embodiments, the first control information is control information specific to the device.

在一些实施例中,上述通信单元可以是通信接口或收发器,或者是通信芯片或者片上系统的输入输出接口。上述处理单元可以是一个或多个处理器。In some embodiments, the above-mentioned communication unit may be a communication interface or a transceiver, or an input/output interface of a communication chip or a system-on-chip. The aforementioned processing unit may be one or more processors.

应理解,根据本申请实施例的设备400可对应于本申请方法实施例中的第一设备,并且终端设备400中的各个单元的上述和其它操作和/或功能分别为了实现图3所示方法300中第一设备的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。It should be understood that the device 400 according to the embodiment of the present application may correspond to the first device in the method embodiment of the present application, and the above-mentioned and other operations and/or functions of the various units in the terminal device 400 are respectively for realizing the method shown in FIG. 3 . The corresponding process of the first device in 300 is not repeated here for brevity.

图5是根据本申请实施例的无线通信的设备的示意性框图。图5的设备500包括:FIG. 5 is a schematic block diagram of a device for wireless communication according to an embodiment of the present application. The apparatus 500 of FIG. 5 includes:

通信单元510,用于向第一设备发送第一控制信息,所述第一控制信息用于所述第一设备确定所述设备500是否向所述第一设备发起请求-应答过程。The communication unit 510 is configured to send first control information to the first device, where the first control information is used for the first device to determine whether the device 500 initiates a request-response process to the first device.

在一些实施例中,所述第一设备包括终端设备,所述设备包括网络设备,所述第一控制信息对应第一下行控制信息DCI格式。In some embodiments, the first device includes a terminal device, the device includes a network device, and the first control information corresponds to a first downlink control information DCI format.

在一些实施例中,所述第一DCI格式为以下DCI格式中的一种:In some embodiments, the first DCI format is one of the following DCI formats:

用于调度物理下行共享信道PDSCH的DCI格式;DCI format for scheduling the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH;

用于激活半持续调度SPS PDSCH的DCI格式;DCI format for activating semi-persistent scheduling SPS PDSCH;

用于释放SPS PDSCH的DCI格式;DCI format for releasing SPS PDSCH;

用于调度物理上行共享信道PUSCH的DCI格式;DCI format for scheduling the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH;

用于激活配置授权CG PUSCH的DCI格式;The DCI format used to activate the configuration authorization CG PUSCH;

用于释放CG PUSCH的DCI格式;DCI format for releasing CG PUSCH;

用于激活配置授权物理侧行信道的DCI格式;以及,the DCI format used to activate the configuration authorized physical side channel; and,

用于释放配置授权物理侧行信道的DCI格式。The DCI format used to release the configuration authorized physical side channel.

在一些实施例中,所述第一设备包括第一终端设备,所述设备包括第二终端设备,所述第一控制信息对应第一侧行控制信息SCI格式。In some embodiments, the first device includes a first terminal device, the device includes a second terminal device, and the first control information corresponds to the SCI format of the first sideline control information.

在一些实施例中,所述第一SCI格式包括用于调度物理侧行共享信道PSSCH的SCI格式。In some embodiments, the first SCI format includes an SCI format for scheduling a physical side row shared channel PSSCH.

在一些实施例中,所述第一控制信息是否包括传输请求信息用于确定所述设备是否向所述第一设备发起所述请求-应答过程。In some embodiments, whether the first control information includes transmission request information is used to determine whether the device initiates the request-response procedure to the first device.

在一些实施例中,所述第一控制信息中是否包括所述传输请求信息是根据高层参数确定的,或者预定义的。In some embodiments, whether the transmission request information is included in the first control information is determined according to a higher layer parameter, or is predefined.

在一些实施例中,所述第一控制信息中包括传输请求信息,所述传输请求信息包括以下至少一种信息:In some embodiments, the first control information includes transmission request information, and the transmission request information includes at least one of the following information:

第一指示信息、至少一个频域资源指示信息、波束指示信息、应答资源指示信息和信道接入指示 信息,其中,所述第一指示信息用于指示是否发起所述请求-应答过程。First indication information, at least one frequency domain resource indication information, beam indication information, response resource indication information and channel access indication information, wherein the first indication information is used to indicate whether to initiate the request-response process.

在一些实施例中,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述设备向所述第一设备发起所述请求-应答过程;或者,In some embodiments, the first indication information is used to instruct the device to initiate the request-response process to the first device; or,

所述第一指示信息用于指示所述设备未向所述第一设备发起所述请求-应答过程。The first indication information is used to indicate that the device does not initiate the request-response process to the first device.

在一些实施例中,所述至少一个频域资源指示信息关联至少一个小区或至少一个带宽部分BWP或至少一个频域资源集合。In some embodiments, the at least one frequency domain resource indication information is associated with at least one cell or at least one bandwidth part BWP or at least one frequency domain resource set.

在一些实施例中,所述至少一个频域资源指示信息中的第一频域资源指示信息关联第一小区或第一BWP或第一频域资源集合,所述第一频域资源指示信息用于指示所述第二设备是否在所述第一小区或所述第一BWP或所述第一频域资源集合上向所述第一设备发起所述请求-应答过程,其中,所述第一小区是所述第一设备对应的小区,所述第一BWP为所述第一小区对应的BWP,所述第一频域资源集合为所述第一BWP对应的频域资源集合。In some embodiments, the first frequency domain resource indication information in the at least one frequency domain resource indication information is associated with the first cell or the first BWP or the first frequency domain resource set, and the first frequency domain resource indication information is used for to indicate whether the second device initiates the request-response procedure to the first device on the first cell or the first BWP or the first set of frequency domain resources, wherein the first The cell is a cell corresponding to the first device, the first BWP is a BWP corresponding to the first cell, and the first frequency domain resource set is a frequency domain resource set corresponding to the first BWP.

在一些实施例中,所述第一指示信息承载在所述第一控制信息中的专用信息域中;或者,In some embodiments, the first indication information is carried in a dedicated information field in the first control information; or,

所述第一指示信息通过所述第一控制信息中的第一信息域的第一状态指示,其中,在所述第一信息域的取值为所述第一状态时,所述第一信息域用于指示不发起所述请求-应答过程;或者,The first indication information is indicated by the first state of the first information field in the first control information, wherein when the value of the first information field is the first state, the first information field is used to indicate that the request-response procedure is not to be initiated; or,

所述第一指示信息通过所述第一控制信息中的部分或全部比特的取值为第二状态指示,其中,在所述第一控制信息中的所述部分或全部比特的取值为所述第二状态时,所述第一指示信息指示不发起所述请求-应答过程。The first indication information is indicated by the value of part or all of the bits in the first control information as the second state, wherein the value of the part or all of the bits in the first control information is all In the second state, the first indication information indicates that the request-response process is not initiated.

在一些实施例中,所述波束指示信息用于确定以下信息中的至少一种:In some embodiments, the beam indication information is used to determine at least one of the following:

所述第一控制信息关联的第一波束信息、物理信道传输关联的第二波束信息、所述应答信息关联的第三波束信息,其中,所述物理信道包括所述第一控制信息对应的物理信道。The first beam information associated with the first control information, the second beam information associated with physical channel transmission, and the third beam information associated with the response information, wherein the physical channel includes the physical channel corresponding to the first control information. channel.

在一些实施例中,所述第一波束信息包括以下中的至少一项:In some embodiments, the first beam information includes at least one of the following:

所述第一控制信息关联的传输配置指示TCI指示信息;The transmission configuration associated with the first control information indicates TCI indication information;

所述第一控制信息关联的参考信号信息。Reference signal information associated with the first control information.

在一些实施例中,所述第二波束信息包括以下中的至少一项:In some embodiments, the second beam information includes at least one of the following:

所述物理信道传输关联的TCI指示信息;the TCI indication information associated with the physical channel transmission;

所述物理信道传输关联的参考信号信息。The physical channel transmits associated reference signal information.

在一些实施例中,所述第三波束信息包括所述应答信息关联的参考信号信息。In some embodiments, the third beam information includes reference signal information associated with the acknowledgement information.

在一些实施例中,所述波束指示信息用于确定所述应答信息关联的第三波束信息,所述第三波束信息用于所述第一设备确定在信道接入过程中使用的波束,和/或,所述第三波束信息用于确定所述第一设备发送所述应答信息所使用的波束。In some embodiments, the beam indication information is used to determine third beam information associated with the acknowledgement information, the third beam information is used by the first device to determine a beam used in a channel access procedure, and /or, the third beam information is used to determine a beam used by the first device to send the response information.

在一些实施例中,所述波束指示信息还包括第二指示信息,其中,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第三波束信息与所述第一波束信息关联,或者,所述第三波束信息与所述第二波束信息关联。In some embodiments, the beam indication information further includes second indication information, wherein the second indication information is used to indicate that the third beam information is associated with the first beam information, or the third beam information is associated with the first beam information. Beam information is associated with the second beam information.

在一些实施例中,所述波束指示信息还包括第三指示信息,其中,所述第三指示信息用于指示以下信息中的至少一种:In some embodiments, the beam indication information further includes third indication information, wherein the third indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following information:

所述第一波束信息是所述第一设备专用的波束信息还是公共的波束信息;whether the first beam information is dedicated beam information for the first device or public beam information;

所述第二波束信息是所述第一设备专用的波束信息还是公共的波束信息;以及,whether the second beam information is dedicated beam information for the first device or public beam information; and,

所述第三波束信息是所述第一设备专用的波束信息还是公共的波束信息。Whether the third beam information is dedicated beam information for the first device or public beam information.

在一些实施例中,所述应答资源指示信息用于确定以下信息中的至少一种:In some embodiments, the response resource indication information is used to determine at least one of the following information:

资源信息,所述资源信息用于确定传输所述应答信息的应答资源;resource information, where the resource information is used to determine the response resource for transmitting the response information;

第一时域位置信息,所述第一时域位置信息用于确定所述应答资源的时域位置;first time domain location information, where the first time domain location information is used to determine the time domain location of the response resource;

下行分配指示信息,所述下行分配指示信息用于确定所述应答信息在反馈码本中的位置;以及,downlink allocation indication information, where the downlink allocation indication information is used to determine the position of the response information in the feedback codebook; and,

功控信息,所述功控信息用于确定传输所述应答信息的发射功率。Power control information, where the power control information is used to determine the transmit power for transmitting the response information.

在一些实施例中,所述应答资源包括物理上行控制信道PUCCH资源,所述资源信息包括PUCCH资源指示信息;或者,In some embodiments, the acknowledgment resources include physical uplink control channel PUCCH resources, and the resource information includes PUCCH resource indication information; or,

所述应答资源包括物理随机接入信道PRACH资源,所述资源信息包括PRACH资源指示信息;或者,The response resources include physical random access channel PRACH resources, and the resource information includes PRACH resource indication information; or,

所述应答资源包括SRS资源,所述资源信息包括SRS资源指示信息。The response resources include SRS resources, and the resource information includes SRS resource indication information.

在一些实施例中,所述应答资源包括PUCCH资源,所述第一时域位置信息包括混合自动重传请求HARQ反馈时序指示信息;或者,In some embodiments, the acknowledgment resources include PUCCH resources, and the first time domain location information includes hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) feedback timing indication information; or,

所述应答资源包括PRACH资源,所述第一时域位置信息包括所述PRACH资源对应的随机接入信道传输机会;The response resources include PRACH resources, and the first time domain location information includes random access channel transmission opportunities corresponding to the PRACH resources;

所述应答资源包括SRS资源,所述第一时域位置信息包括所述SRS资源对应的时间单元信息。The response resources include SRS resources, and the first time domain location information includes time unit information corresponding to the SRS resources.

在一些实施例中,所述第一控制信息为第一DCI,所述第一DCI用于调度第一PDSCH传输,所述第一DCI还包括第二时域位置信息,其中,所述资源信息和所述第一时域位置信息用于确定第一PUCCH资源,所述资源信息和所述第二时域位置信息用于确定第二PUCCH资源,所述第一PUCCH资源用于传输所述应答信息,所述第二PUCCH资源用于传输所述第一PDSCH对应的HARQ-ACK信息。In some embodiments, the first control information is a first DCI, the first DCI is used to schedule a first PDSCH transmission, and the first DCI further includes second time domain location information, wherein the resource information and the first time-domain location information is used to determine a first PUCCH resource, the resource information and the second time-domain location information are used to determine a second PUCCH resource, and the first PUCCH resource is used to transmit the acknowledgement information, the second PUCCH resource is used to transmit HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the first PDSCH.

在一些实施例中,所述信道接入指示信息用于确定以下信息中的至少一种:In some embodiments, the channel access indication information is used to determine at least one of the following information:

所述应答信息对应的信道接入方式;以及,the channel access mode corresponding to the response information; and,

所述应答信息对应的延长循环前缀CPE长度。The length of the extended cyclic prefix CPE corresponding to the response information.

在一些实施例中,所述应答信息对应的信道接入方式为以下其中之一:不做信道检测的信道接入、第一类型的信道接入、第二类型的信道接入。In some embodiments, the channel access mode corresponding to the response information is one of the following: channel access without channel detection, channel access of the first type, and channel access of the second type.

在一些实施例中,所述第一类型的信道接入为随机回退多个监听时隙的信道接入方式;和/或,In some embodiments, the first type of channel access is a channel access manner of randomly backing off multiple listening time slots; and/or,

所述第二类型的信道接入为固定监听时隙长度的信道接入方式。The second type of channel access is a channel access manner with a fixed listening time slot length.

在一些实施例中,所述信道接入指示信息包括用于指示所述信道接入方式的指示信息和/或用于指示所述CPE长度的指示信息。In some embodiments, the channel access indication information includes indication information for indicating the channel access mode and/or indication information for indicating the length of the CPE.

在一些实施例中,所述第一控制信息为第一DCI,其中,所述第一DCI用于调度第一PDSCH传输,所述信道接入方式还用于传输所述第一PDSCH对应的HARQ-ACK信息;或者,In some embodiments, the first control information is a first DCI, where the first DCI is used to schedule transmission of the first PDSCH, and the channel access mode is also used to transmit HARQ corresponding to the first PDSCH - ACK information; or,

所述第一DCI用于调度第一PUSCH传输,所述信道接入方式还用于传输所述第一PUSCH。The first DCI is used to schedule the first PUSCH transmission, and the channel access mode is also used to transmit the first PUSCH.

在一些实施例中,所述第一控制信息中包括传输请求信息,所述传输请求信息中包括的至少一种信息在所述第一控制信息中所占的比特数是根据高层参数确定的;或者,In some embodiments, the first control information includes transmission request information, and the number of bits occupied by at least one type of information included in the transmission request information in the first control information is determined according to high-level parameters; or,

所述传输请求信息中包括的至少一种信息在所述第一控制信息中所占的比特数是预定义的。The number of bits occupied by at least one type of information included in the transmission request information in the first control information is predefined.

在一些实施例中,所述第一控制信息为所述第一设备专用的控制信息。In some embodiments, the first control information is control information specific to the first device.

在一些实施例中,上述通信单元可以是通信接口或收发器,或者是通信芯片或者片上系统的输入输出接口。上述处理单元可以是一个或多个处理器。In some embodiments, the above-mentioned communication unit may be a communication interface or a transceiver, or an input/output interface of a communication chip or a system-on-chip. The aforementioned processing unit may be one or more processors.

应理解,根据本申请实施例的设备500可对应于本申请方法实施例中的第二设备,并且设备500中的各个单元的上述和其它操作和/或功能分别为了实现图3所示方法300中第二设备的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。It should be understood that the device 500 according to the embodiment of the present application may correspond to the second device in the method embodiment of the present application, and the above-mentioned and other operations and/or functions of each unit in the device 500 are respectively for realizing the method 300 shown in FIG. 3 . For the sake of brevity, the corresponding process of the second device in the above will not be repeated here.

图6是本申请实施例提供的一种通信设备600示意性结构图。图6所示的通信设备600包括处理器610,处理器610可以从存储器中调用并运行计算机程序,以实现本申请实施例中的方法。FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 600 provided by an embodiment of the present application. The communication device 600 shown in FIG. 6 includes a processor 610, and the processor 610 can call and run a computer program from a memory, so as to implement the method in the embodiment of the present application.

在本申请一些实施例中,如图6所示,通信设备600还可以包括存储器620。其中,处理器610可以从存储器620中调用并运行计算机程序,以实现本申请实施例中的方法。In some embodiments of the present application, as shown in FIG. 6 , the communication device 600 may further include a memory 620 . The processor 610 may call and run a computer program from the memory 620 to implement the methods in the embodiments of the present application.

其中,存储器620可以是独立于处理器610的一个单独的器件,也可以集成在处理器610中。The memory 620 may be a separate device independent of the processor 610 , or may be integrated in the processor 610 .

在本申请一些实施例中,如图6所示,通信设备600还可以包括收发器630,处理器610可以控制该收发器630与其他设备进行通信,具体地,可以向其他设备发送信息或数据,或接收其他设备发送的信息或数据。In some embodiments of the present application, as shown in FIG. 6 , the communication device 600 may further include a transceiver 630, and the processor 610 may control the transceiver 630 to communicate with other devices, and specifically, may send information or data to other devices , or receive information or data sent by other devices.

其中,收发器630可以包括发射机和接收机。收发器630还可以进一步包括天线,天线的数量可以为一个或多个。Among them, the transceiver 630 may include a transmitter and a receiver. The transceiver 630 may further include antennas, and the number of the antennas may be one or more.

在本申请一些实施例中,该通信设备600具体可为本申请实施例的网络设备,并且该通信设备600可以实现本申请实施例的各个方法中由网络设备实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。In some embodiments of the present application, the communication device 600 may specifically be the network device of the embodiments of the present application, and the communication device 600 may implement the corresponding processes implemented by the network device in each method of the embodiments of the present application. For brevity, in This will not be repeated here.

在本申请一些实施例中,该通信设备600具体可为本申请实施例的第一设备或第二设备,并且该通信设备600可以实现本申请实施例的各个方法中由第一设备或第二设备实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。In some embodiments of the present application, the communication device 600 may specifically be the first device or the second device of the embodiments of the present application, and the communication device 600 may implement the first device or the second device in each method of the embodiments of the present application. For the sake of brevity, the corresponding process implemented by the device will not be repeated here.

当所述通信设备600为所述第一设备时,所述收发器630可以对应于设备400的通信单元410,该处理器610可以对应于设备400中的处理单元420。When the communication device 600 is the first device, the transceiver 630 may correspond to the communication unit 410 of the device 400 , and the processor 610 may correspond to the processing unit 420 in the device 400 .

当所述通信设备600为所述第二设备时,所述收发器630可以对应于设备500的通信单元510。When the communication device 600 is the second device, the transceiver 630 may correspond to the communication unit 510 of the device 500 .

图7是本申请实施例的芯片的示意性结构图。图7所示的芯片700包括处理器710,处理器710可以从存储器中调用并运行计算机程序,以实现本申请实施例中的方法。FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of a chip according to an embodiment of the present application. The chip 700 shown in FIG. 7 includes a processor 710, and the processor 710 can call and run a computer program from a memory, so as to implement the method in this embodiment of the present application.

在本申请一些实施例中,如图7所示,芯片700还可以包括存储器720。其中,处理器710可以从存储器720中调用并运行计算机程序,以实现本申请实施例中的方法。In some embodiments of the present application, as shown in FIG. 7 , the chip 700 may further include a memory 720 . The processor 710 may call and run a computer program from the memory 720 to implement the methods in the embodiments of the present application.

其中,存储器720可以是独立于处理器710的一个单独的器件,也可以集成在处理器710中。The memory 720 may be a separate device independent of the processor 710 , or may be integrated in the processor 710 .

在本申请一些实施例中,该芯片700还可以包括输入接口730。其中,处理器710可以控制该输入接口730与其他设备或芯片进行通信,具体地,可以获取其他设备或芯片发送的信息或数据。In some embodiments of the present application, the chip 700 may further include an input interface 730 . The processor 710 may control the input interface 730 to communicate with other devices or chips, and specifically, may acquire information or data sent by other devices or chips.

在本申请一些实施例中,该芯片700还可以包括输出接口740。其中,处理器710可以控制该输 出接口740与其他设备或芯片进行通信,具体地,可以向其他设备或芯片输出信息或数据。In some embodiments of the present application, the chip 700 may further include an output interface 740 . The processor 710 can control the output interface 740 to communicate with other devices or chips, and specifically, can output information or data to other devices or chips.

在本申请一些实施例中,该芯片可应用于本申请实施例中的网络设备,并且该芯片可以实现本申请实施例的各个方法中由网络设备实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。In some embodiments of the present application, the chip can be applied to the network device in the embodiments of the present application, and the chip can implement the corresponding processes implemented by the network device in each method of the embodiments of the present application. Repeat.

在本申请一些实施例中,该芯片可应用于本申请实施例中的第一设备或第二设备,并且该芯片可以实现本申请实施例的各个方法中由第一设备或第二设备实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。In some embodiments of the present application, the chip can be applied to the first device or the second device in the embodiments of the present application, and the chip can implement the methods implemented by the first device or the second device in the various methods of the embodiments of the present application. For the sake of brevity, the corresponding process is not repeated here.

应理解,本申请实施例提到的芯片还可以称为系统级芯片,系统芯片,芯片系统或片上系统芯片等。It should be understood that the chip mentioned in the embodiments of the present application may also be referred to as a system-on-chip, a system-on-chip, a system-on-chip, or a system-on-a-chip, or the like.

应理解,本申请实施例的处理器可能是一种集成电路芯片,具有信号的处理能力。在实现过程中,上述方法实施例的各步骤可以通过处理器中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。上述的处理器可以是通用处理器、数字信号处理器(Digital Signal Processor,DSP)、专用集成电路(Application Specific Integrated Circuit,ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(Field Programmable Gate Array,FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件。可以实现或者执行本申请实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件译码处理器执行完成,或者用译码处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器,闪存、只读存储器,可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器,处理器读取存储器中的信息,结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。It should be understood that the processor in this embodiment of the present application may be an integrated circuit chip, which has a signal processing capability. In the implementation process, each step of the above method embodiments may be completed by a hardware integrated logic circuit in a processor or an instruction in the form of software. The above-mentioned processor can be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor (Digital Signal Processor, DSP), an application specific integrated circuit (Application Specific Integrated Circuit, ASIC), an off-the-shelf programmable gate array (Field Programmable Gate Array, FPGA) or other available Programming logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components. The methods, steps, and logic block diagrams disclosed in the embodiments of this application can be implemented or executed. A general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may be any conventional processor or the like. The steps of the method disclosed in conjunction with the embodiments of the present application may be directly embodied as executed by a hardware decoding processor, or executed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor. The software modules may be located in random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers and other storage media mature in the art. The storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory, and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware.

可以理解,本申请实施例中的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器,或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中,非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(Read-Only Memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(Programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(Erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(Electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,RAM),其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明,许多形式的RAM可用,例如静态随机存取存储器(Static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(Dynamic RAM,DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(Synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(Double Data Rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(Enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(Synchlink DRAM,SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(Direct Rambus RAM,DR RAM)。应注意,本文描述的系统和方法的存储器旨在包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。It can be understood that the memory in this embodiment of the present application may be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory. Wherein, the non-volatile memory may be a read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), a programmable read-only memory (Programmable ROM, PROM), an erasable programmable read-only memory (Erasable PROM, EPROM), an electrically programmable read-only memory (Erasable PROM, EPROM). Erase programmable read-only memory (Electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory. Volatile memory may be Random Access Memory (RAM), which acts as an external cache. By way of illustration and not limitation, many forms of RAM are available, such as Static RAM (SRAM), Dynamic RAM (DRAM), Synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (Double Data Rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (Enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous link dynamic random access memory (Synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM) ) and direct memory bus random access memory (Direct Rambus RAM, DR RAM). It should be noted that the memory of the systems and methods described herein is intended to include, but not be limited to, these and any other suitable types of memory.

应理解,上述存储器为示例性但不是限制性说明,例如,本申请实施例中的存储器还可以是静态随机存取存储器(static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(dynamic RAM,DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synch link DRAM,SLDRAM)以及直接内存总线随机存取存储器(Direct Rambus RAM,DR RAM)等等。也就是说,本申请实施例中的存储器旨在包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。It should be understood that the above memory is an example but not a limitative description, for example, the memory in the embodiment of the present application may also be a static random access memory (static RAM, SRAM), a dynamic random access memory (dynamic RAM, DRAM), Synchronous dynamic random access memory (synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous connection Dynamic random access memory (synch link DRAM, SLDRAM) and direct memory bus random access memory (Direct Rambus RAM, DR RAM) and so on. That is, the memory in the embodiments of the present application is intended to include but not limited to these and any other suitable types of memory.

本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,用于存储计算机程序。Embodiments of the present application further provide a computer-readable storage medium for storing a computer program.

可选的,该计算机可读存储介质可应用于本申请实施例中的网络设备,并且该计算机程序使得计算机执行本申请实施例的各个方法中由网络设备实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。Optionally, the computer-readable storage medium can be applied to the network device in the embodiments of the present application, and the computer program enables the computer to execute the corresponding processes implemented by the network device in the various methods of the embodiments of the present application. For brevity, here No longer.

在本申请一些实施例中,该计算机可读存储介质可应用于本申请实施例中的移动终端/终端设备,并且该计算机程序使得计算机执行本申请实施例的各个方法中由移动终端/终端设备实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。In some embodiments of the present application, the computer-readable storage medium can be applied to the mobile terminal/terminal device in the embodiments of the present application, and the computer program causes the computer to execute the mobile terminal/terminal device in each method of the embodiments of the present application. For the sake of brevity, the corresponding process of implementation will not be repeated here.

本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机程序产品,包括计算机程序指令。Embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product, including computer program instructions.

可选的,该计算机程序产品可应用于本申请实施例中的网络设备,并且该计算机程序指令使得计算机执行本申请实施例的各个方法中由网络设备实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。Optionally, the computer program product can be applied to the network device in the embodiments of the present application, and the computer program instructions cause the computer to execute the corresponding processes implemented by the network device in each method of the embodiments of the present application. Repeat.

在本申请一些实施例中,该计算机程序产品可应用于本申请实施例中的移动终端/终端设备,并且该计算机程序指令使得计算机执行本申请实施例的各个方法中由移动终端/终端设备实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。In some embodiments of the present application, the computer program product may be applied to the mobile terminal/terminal device in the embodiments of the present application, and the computer program instructions cause the computer to execute the various methods of the embodiments of the present application and be implemented by the mobile terminal/terminal device The corresponding process, for the sake of brevity, will not be repeated here.

本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机程序。The embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program.

可选的,该计算机程序可应用于本申请实施例中的网络设备,当该计算机程序在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行本申请实施例的各个方法中由网络设备实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。Optionally, the computer program can be applied to the network device in the embodiments of the present application. When the computer program is run on the computer, it causes the computer to execute the corresponding processes implemented by the network device in each method of the embodiments of the present application. For the sake of brevity. , and will not be repeated here.

在本申请一些实施例中,该计算机程序可应用于本申请实施例中的移动终端/终端设备,当该计算机程序在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行本申请实施例的各个方法中由移动终端/终端设备实现 的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。In some embodiments of the present application, the computer program can be applied to the mobile terminal/terminal device in the embodiments of the present application. When the computer program is run on the computer, the computer program is executed by the mobile terminal in each method of the embodiments of the present application. / The corresponding process implemented by the terminal device is not repeated here for the sake of brevity.

本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。Those of ordinary skill in the art can realize that the units and algorithm steps of each example described in conjunction with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented in electronic hardware, or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are performed in hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Skilled artisans may implement the described functionality using different methods for each particular application, but such implementations should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.

所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that, for the convenience and brevity of description, the specific working process of the above-described systems, devices and units may refer to the corresponding processes in the foregoing method embodiments, which will not be repeated here.

在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed system, apparatus and method may be implemented in other manners. For example, the apparatus embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods. For example, multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented. On the other hand, the shown or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be through some interfaces, indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.

所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution in this embodiment.

另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically alone, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.

所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(Read-Only Memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。The functions, if implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products, may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of the present application can be embodied in the form of a software product in essence, or the part that contributes to the prior art or the part of the technical solution. The computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application. The aforementioned storage medium includes: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program codes .

以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应所述以权利要求的保护范围为准。The above are only specific embodiments of the present application, but the protection scope of the present application is not limited to this. should be covered within the scope of protection of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of the present application should be based on the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (74)

一种无线通信的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method of wireless communication, comprising: 第一设备接收第二设备发送的第一控制信息,所述第一控制信息用于所述第一设备确定所述第二设备是否向所述第一设备发起请求-应答过程;The first device receives first control information sent by the second device, where the first control information is used by the first device to determine whether the second device initiates a request-response process to the first device; 所述第一设备根据所述第一控制信息确定是否向所述第二设备发送应答信息。The first device determines whether to send response information to the second device according to the first control information. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一设备根据所述第一控制信息确定是否向所述第二设备发送应答信息,包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein determining, by the first device, whether to send response information to the second device according to the first control information, comprises: 若根据所述第一控制信息确定所述第二设备向所述第一设备发起所述请求-应答过程,所述第一设备确定向所述第二设备发送所述应答信息;或,If it is determined according to the first control information that the second device initiates the request-response process to the first device, the first device determines to send the response information to the second device; or, 若根据所述第一控制信息确定所述第二设备未向所述第一设备发起所述请求-应答过程,所述第一设备确定不向所述第二设备发送所述应答信息;或,If it is determined according to the first control information that the second device does not initiate the request-response process to the first device, the first device determines not to send the response information to the second device; or, 若根据所述第一控制信息确定所述第二设备未向所述第一设备发起所述请求-应答过程,所述第一设备确定向所述第二设备发送所述应答信息,所述应答信息用于指示不允许传输。If it is determined according to the first control information that the second device does not initiate the request-response process to the first device, the first device determines to send the response information to the second device, and the response The information is used to indicate that the transmission is not allowed. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一设备包括终端设备,所述第二设备包括网络设备,所述第一控制信息对应第一下行控制信息DCI格式。The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the first device includes a terminal device, the second device includes a network device, and the first control information corresponds to a first downlink control information DCI format. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一DCI格式为以下DCI格式中的一种:The method according to claim 3, wherein the first DCI format is one of the following DCI formats: 用于调度物理下行共享信道PDSCH的DCI格式;DCI format for scheduling the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH; 用于激活半持续调度SPS PDSCH的DCI格式;DCI format for activating semi-persistent scheduling SPS PDSCH; 用于释放SPS PDSCH的DCI格式;DCI format for releasing SPS PDSCH; 用于调度物理上行共享信道PUSCH的DCI格式;DCI format for scheduling the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH; 用于激活配置授权CG PUSCH的DCI格式;The DCI format used to activate the configuration authorization CG PUSCH; 用于释放CG PUSCH的DCI格式;DCI format for releasing CG PUSCH; 用于激活配置授权物理侧行信道的DCI格式;以及,the DCI format used to activate the configuration authorized physical side channel; and, 用于释放配置授权物理侧行信道的DCI格式。The DCI format used to release the configuration authorized physical side channel. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一设备包括第一终端设备,所述第二设备包括第二终端设备,所述第一控制信息对应第一侧行控制信息SCI格式。The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the first device includes a first terminal device, the second device includes a second terminal device, and the first control information corresponds to the first sideline control information SCI format. 根据权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一SCI格式包括用于调度物理侧行共享信道PSSCH的SCI格式。The method according to claim 5, wherein the first SCI format comprises an SCI format used for scheduling a physical sideline shared channel PSSCH. 根据权利要求1-6中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-6, wherein the method further comprises: 所述第一设备根据所述第一控制信息是否包括传输请求信息,确定所述第二设备是否向所述第一设备发起所述请求-应答过程。The first device determines whether the second device initiates the request-response process to the first device according to whether the first control information includes transmission request information. 根据权利要求7所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一设备根据所述第一控制信息是否包括传输请求信息,确定所述第二设备是否向所述第一设备发起所述请求-应答过程,包括:The method according to claim 7, wherein the first device determines whether the second device initiates the request-response to the first device according to whether the first control information includes transmission request information process, including: 若所述第一控制信息中包括所述传输请求信息,所述第一设备确定所述第二设备向所述第一设备发起所述请求-应答过程;或者,If the first control information includes the transmission request information, the first device determines that the second device initiates the request-response process to the first device; or, 若所述第一控制信息中不包括所述传输请求信息,所述第一设备确定所述第二设备未向所述第一设备发起所述请求-应答过程。If the first control information does not include the transmission request information, the first device determines that the second device does not initiate the request-response process to the first device. 根据权利要求7或8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一控制信息中是否包括所述传输请求信息是根据高层参数确定的,或者预定义的。The method according to claim 7 or 8, wherein whether the transmission request information is included in the first control information is determined according to a high layer parameter or is predefined. 根据权利要求1-9中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一控制信息中包括传输请求信息,所述传输请求信息包括以下至少一种信息:The method according to any one of claims 1-9, wherein the first control information includes transmission request information, and the transmission request information includes at least one of the following information: 第一指示信息、至少一个频域资源指示信息、波束指示信息、应答资源指示信息和信道接入指示信息,其中,所述第一指示信息用于指示是否发起所述请求-应答过程。First indication information, at least one frequency domain resource indication information, beam indication information, response resource indication information and channel access indication information, wherein the first indication information is used to indicate whether to initiate the request-response process. 根据权利要求10所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第二设备向所述第一设备发起所述请求-应答过程;或者,The method according to claim 10, wherein the first indication information is used to instruct the second device to initiate the request-response process to the first device; or, 所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第二设备未向所述第一设备发起所述请求-应答过程。The first indication information is used to indicate that the second device does not initiate the request-response process to the first device. 根据权利要求10或11中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述至少一个频域资源指示信息关联至少一个小区或至少一个带宽部分BWP或至少一个频域资源集合。The method according to any one of claims 10 or 11, wherein the at least one frequency domain resource indication information is associated with at least one cell or at least one bandwidth part BWP or at least one frequency domain resource set. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述至少一个频域资源指示信息中的第一频域资源指示信息关联第一小区或第一BWP或第一频域资源集合,所述第一频域资源指示信息用于指示所述第二设备是否在所述第一小区或所述第一BWP或所述第一频域资源集合上向所述第一设备发起所述请求-应答过程,其中,所述第一小区是所述第一设备对应的小区,所述第一BWP为所述第一小 区对应的BWP,所述第一频域资源集合为所述第一BWP对应的频域资源集合。The method according to claim 12, wherein the first frequency domain resource indication information in the at least one frequency domain resource indication information is associated with the first cell or the first BWP or the first frequency domain resource set, and the first frequency domain resource indication information is associated with the first cell or the first BWP or the first frequency domain resource set. A frequency domain resource indication information is used to indicate whether the second device initiates the request-response process to the first device on the first cell or the first BWP or the first frequency domain resource set , wherein the first cell is a cell corresponding to the first device, the first BWP is a BWP corresponding to the first cell, and the first frequency domain resource set is a frequency corresponding to the first BWP Collection of domain resources. 根据权利要求10-13中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息承载在所述第一控制信息中的专用信息域中;或者,The method according to any one of claims 10-13, wherein the first indication information is carried in a dedicated information field in the first control information; or, 所述第一指示信息通过所述第一控制信息中的第一信息域的第一状态来表征,其中,在所述第一信息域的取值为所述第一状态时,所述第一信息域用于指示不发起所述请求-应答过程;或者,The first indication information is represented by the first state of the first information field in the first control information, wherein, when the value of the first information field is the first state, the first The information field is used to indicate that the request-response procedure is not initiated; or, 所述第一指示信息通过所述第一控制信息中的部分或全部比特的取值为第二状态来表征,其中,在所述第一控制信息中的所述部分或全部比特的取值为所述第二状态时,所述第一控制信息指示不发起所述请求-应答过程。The first indication information is characterized by the value of part or all of the bits in the first control information being the second state, wherein the value of the part or all of the bits in the first control information is the value of the second state In the second state, the first control information indicates that the request-response process is not initiated. 根据权利要求10-14中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述波束指示信息用于确定以下信息中的至少一种:The method according to any one of claims 10-14, wherein the beam indication information is used to determine at least one of the following information: 所述第一控制信息关联的第一波束信息、物理信道传输关联的第二波束信息、所述应答信息关联的第三波束信息,其中,所述物理信道包括所述第一控制信息对应的物理信道。The first beam information associated with the first control information, the second beam information associated with physical channel transmission, and the third beam information associated with the response information, wherein the physical channel includes the physical channel corresponding to the first control information. channel. 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一波束信息包括以下中的至少一项:The method according to claim 15, wherein the first beam information includes at least one of the following: 所述第一控制信息关联的传输配置指示TCI指示信息;The transmission configuration associated with the first control information indicates TCI indication information; 所述第一控制信息关联的参考信号信息。Reference signal information associated with the first control information. 根据权利要求15或16所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二波束信息包括以下中的至少一项:The method according to claim 15 or 16, wherein the second beam information includes at least one of the following: 所述物理信道传输关联的TCI指示信息;the TCI indication information associated with the physical channel transmission; 所述物理信道传输关联的参考信号信息。The physical channel transmits associated reference signal information. 根据权利要求15-17中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第三波束信息包括所述应答信息关联的参考信号信息。The method according to any one of claims 15-17, wherein the third beam information includes reference signal information associated with the response information. 根据权利要求15-18中任一项所述的方法,所述第三波束信息用于所述第一设备确定在信道接入过程中使用的波束,和/或,所述第三波束信息用于确定所述第一设备发送所述应答信息所使用的波束。The method according to any one of claims 15-18, wherein the third beam information is used by the first device to determine a beam used in a channel access process, and/or the third beam information is used for for determining the beam used by the first device to send the response information. 根据权利要求15-19中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述波束指示信息还包括第二指示信息,其中,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第三波束信息与所述第一波束信息关联,或者,所述第三波束信息与所述第二波束信息关联。The method according to any one of claims 15-19, wherein the beam indication information further comprises second indication information, wherein the second indication information is used to indicate that the third beam information is the same as the The first beam information is associated, or the third beam information is associated with the second beam information. 根据权利要求15-20中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述波束指示信息还包括第三指示信息,其中,所述第三指示信息用于指示以下信息中的至少一种:The method according to any one of claims 15-20, wherein the beam indication information further comprises third indication information, wherein the third indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following information: 所述第一波束信息是所述第一设备专用的波束信息或公共的波束信息;The first beam information is beam information dedicated to the first device or public beam information; 所述第二波束信息是所述第一设备专用的波束信息或公共的波束信息;以及,the second beam information is beam information dedicated to the first device or public beam information; and, 所述第三波束信息是所述第一设备专用的波束信息或公共的波束信息。The third beam information is beam information dedicated to the first device or common beam information. 根据权利要求10-21中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述应答资源指示信息用于确定以下信息中的至少一种:The method according to any one of claims 10-21, wherein the response resource indication information is used to determine at least one of the following information: 资源信息,所述资源信息用于确定传输所述应答信息的应答资源;resource information, where the resource information is used to determine the response resource for transmitting the response information; 第一时域位置信息,所述第一时域位置信息用于确定所述应答资源的时域位置;first time domain location information, where the first time domain location information is used to determine the time domain location of the response resource; 下行分配指示信息,所述下行分配指示信息用于确定所述应答信息在反馈码本中的位置;以及,downlink allocation indication information, where the downlink allocation indication information is used to determine the position of the response information in the feedback codebook; and, 功控信息,所述功控信息用于确定传输所述应答信息的发射功率。Power control information, where the power control information is used to determine the transmit power for transmitting the response information. 根据权利要求22所述的方法,其特征在于,所述应答资源包括物理上行控制信道PUCCH资源,所述资源信息包括PUCCH资源指示信息;或者,The method according to claim 22, wherein the response resource comprises a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH resource), and the resource information comprises PUCCH resource indication information; or, 所述应答资源包括物理随机接入信道PRACH资源,所述资源信息包括PRACH资源指示信息;或者,The response resources include physical random access channel PRACH resources, and the resource information includes PRACH resource indication information; or, 所述应答资源包括SRS资源,所述资源信息包括SRS资源指示信息。The response resources include SRS resources, and the resource information includes SRS resource indication information. 根据权利要求22或23所述的方法,其特征在于,所述应答资源包括PUCCH资源,所述第一时域位置信息包括混合自动重传请求HARQ反馈时序指示信息;或者,The method according to claim 22 or 23, wherein the acknowledgement resources comprise PUCCH resources, and the first time domain location information comprises hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ feedback timing indication information); or, 所述应答资源包括PRACH资源,所述第一时域位置信息包括所述PRACH资源对应的随机接入信道传输机会;The response resources include PRACH resources, and the first time domain location information includes random access channel transmission opportunities corresponding to the PRACH resources; 所述应答资源包括SRS资源,所述第一时域位置信息包括所述SRS资源对应的时间单元信息。The response resources include SRS resources, and the first time domain location information includes time unit information corresponding to the SRS resources. 根据权利要求22至24中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一控制信息为第一DCI,所述第一DCI用于调度第一PDSCH传输,所述第一DCI还包括第二时域位置信息,其中,所述资源信息和所述第一时域位置信息用于确定第一PUCCH资源,所述资源信息和所述第二时域位置信息用于确定第二PUCCH资源,所述第一PUCCH资源用于传输所述应答信息,所述第二PUCCH资源用于传输所述第一PDSCH对应的HARQ-ACK信息。The method according to any one of claims 22 to 24, wherein the first control information is a first DCI, the first DCI is used to schedule a first PDSCH transmission, and the first DCI further includes second time-domain location information, wherein the resource information and the first time-domain location information are used to determine a first PUCCH resource, and the resource information and the second time-domain location information are used to determine a second PUCCH resource , the first PUCCH resource is used to transmit the acknowledgement information, and the second PUCCH resource is used to transmit the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the first PDSCH. 根据权利要求10至25中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述信道接入指示信息用于确定以下信息中的至少一种:所述应答信息对应的信道接入方式;以及,The method according to any one of claims 10 to 25, wherein the channel access indication information is used to determine at least one of the following information: a channel access mode corresponding to the response information; and, 所述应答信息对应的延长循环前缀CPE长度。The length of the extended cyclic prefix CPE corresponding to the response information. 根据权利要求26所述的方法,其特征在于,所述应答信息对应的信道接入方式为以下其中之一:不做信道检测的信道接入、第一类型的信道接入、第二类型的信道接入。The method according to claim 26, wherein the channel access mode corresponding to the response information is one of the following: channel access without channel detection, channel access of the first type, channel access of the second type channel access. 根据权利要求27所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一类型的信道接入为随机回退多个监听时隙的信道接入方式;和/或,The method according to claim 27, wherein the first type of channel access is a channel access manner of randomly backing off multiple listening time slots; and/or, 所述第二类型的信道接入为固定监听时隙长度的信道接入方式。The second type of channel access is a channel access manner with a fixed listening time slot length. 根据权利要求26至28中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述信道接入指示信息包括用于指示所述信道接入方式的指示信息和/或用于指示所述CPE长度的指示信息。The method according to any one of claims 26 to 28, wherein the channel access indication information comprises indication information for indicating the channel access mode and/or indication information for indicating the length of the CPE Instructions. 根据权利要求26至29中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一控制信息为第一DCI,其中,所述第一DCI用于调度第一PDSCH传输,所述信道接入方式还用于传输所述第一PDSCH对应的HARQ-ACK信息;或者,The method according to any one of claims 26 to 29, wherein the first control information is a first DCI, wherein the first DCI is used to schedule a first PDSCH transmission, and the channel access The method is also used to transmit the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the first PDSCH; or, 所述第一DCI用于调度第一PUSCH传输,所述信道接入方式还用于传输所述第一PUSCH。The first DCI is used to schedule the first PUSCH transmission, and the channel access mode is also used to transmit the first PUSCH. 根据权利要求10-30中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一控制信息中包括传输请求信息,所述传输请求信息中包括的至少一种信息在所述第一控制信息中所占的比特数是根据高层参数确定的;或者,The method according to any one of claims 10-30, wherein the first control information includes transmission request information, and at least one type of information included in the transmission request information is in the first control information The number of bits occupied in is determined according to high-level parameters; or, 所述传输请求信息中包括的至少一种信息在所述第一控制信息中所占的比特数是预定义的。The number of bits occupied by at least one type of information included in the transmission request information in the first control information is predefined. 根据权利要求1-32中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一控制信息为所述第一设备专用的控制信息。The method according to any one of claims 1-32, wherein the first control information is control information dedicated to the first device. 一种无线通信的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method of wireless communication, comprising: 第二设备向第一设备发送第一控制信息,所述第一控制信息用于所述第一设备确定所述第二设备是否向所述第一设备发起请求-应答过程。The second device sends first control information to the first device, where the first control information is used by the first device to determine whether the second device initiates a request-response process to the first device. 根据权利要求33所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一设备包括终端设备,所述第二设备包括网络设备,所述第一控制信息对应第一下行控制信息DCI格式。The method according to claim 33, wherein the first device includes a terminal device, the second device includes a network device, and the first control information corresponds to a first downlink control information DCI format. 根据权利要求34所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一DCI格式为以下DCI格式中的一种:The method of claim 34, wherein the first DCI format is one of the following DCI formats: 用于调度物理下行共享信道PDSCH的DCI格式;DCI format for scheduling the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH; 用于激活半持续调度SPS PDSCH的DCI格式;DCI format for activating semi-persistent scheduling SPS PDSCH; 用于释放SPS PDSCH的DCI格式;DCI format for releasing SPS PDSCH; 用于调度物理上行共享信道PUSCH的DCI格式;DCI format for scheduling the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH; 用于激活配置授权CG PUSCH的DCI格式;The DCI format used to activate the configuration authorization CG PUSCH; 用于释放CG PUSCH的DCI格式;DCI format for releasing CG PUSCH; 用于激活配置授权物理侧行信道的DCI格式;以及,the DCI format used to activate the configuration authorized physical side channel; and, 用于释放配置授权物理侧行信道的DCI格式。The DCI format used to release the configuration authorized physical side channel. 根据权利要求33所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一设备包括第一终端设备,所述第二设备包括第二终端设备,所述第一控制信息对应第一侧行控制信息SCI格式。The method according to claim 33, wherein the first device comprises a first terminal device, the second device comprises a second terminal device, and the first control information corresponds to the SCI format of the first sideline control information . 根据权利要求36所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一SCI格式包括用于调度物理侧行共享信道PSSCH的SCI格式。The method of claim 36, wherein the first SCI format comprises an SCI format used for scheduling a physical sideline shared channel PSSCH. 根据权利要求33-37中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一控制信息是否包括传输请求信息用于确定所述设备是否向所述第一设备发起所述请求-应答过程。The method according to any one of claims 33-37, wherein whether the first control information includes transmission request information is used to determine whether the device initiates the request-response process to the first device . 根据权利要求33-38中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一控制信息中是否包括传输请求信息是根据高层参数确定的,或者预定义的。The method according to any one of claims 33-38, wherein whether the first control information includes transmission request information is determined according to a high-level parameter or is predefined. 根据权利要求33-39中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一控制信息中包括传输请求信息,所述传输请求信息包括以下至少一种信息:The method according to any one of claims 33-39, wherein the first control information includes transmission request information, and the transmission request information includes at least one of the following information: 第一指示信息、至少一个频域资源指示信息、波束指示信息、应答资源指示信息和信道接入指示信息,其中,所述第一指示信息用于指示是否发起所述请求-应答过程。First indication information, at least one frequency domain resource indication information, beam indication information, response resource indication information and channel access indication information, wherein the first indication information is used to indicate whether to initiate the request-response process. 根据权利要求40所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第二设备向所述第一设备发起所述请求-应答过程;或者,The method according to claim 40, wherein the first indication information is used to instruct the second device to initiate the request-response process to the first device; or, 所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第二设备未向所述第一设备发起所述请求-应答过程。The first indication information is used to indicate that the second device does not initiate the request-response process to the first device. 根据权利要求40或41所述的方法,其特征在于,所述至少一个频域资源指示信息关联至少一个小区或至少一个带宽部分BWP或至少一个频域资源集合。The method according to claim 40 or 41, wherein the at least one frequency domain resource indication information is associated with at least one cell or at least one bandwidth part BWP or at least one frequency domain resource set. 根据权利要求40或44所述的方法,其特征在于,所述至少一个频域资源指示信息中的第一 频域资源指示信息关联第一小区或第一BWP或第一频域资源集合,所述第一频域资源指示信息用于指示所述第二设备是否在所述第一小区或所述第一BWP或所述第一频域资源集合上向所述第一设备发起所述请求-应答过程,其中,所述第一小区是所述第一设备对应的小区,所述第一BWP为所述第一小区对应的BWP,所述第一频域资源集合为所述第一BWP对应的频域资源集合。The method according to claim 40 or 44, wherein the first frequency domain resource indication information in the at least one frequency domain resource indication information is associated with the first cell or the first BWP or the first frequency domain resource set, and the The first frequency domain resource indication information is used to indicate whether the second device initiates the request to the first device on the first cell or the first BWP or the first frequency domain resource set- A response process, wherein the first cell is a cell corresponding to the first device, the first BWP is a BWP corresponding to the first cell, and the first frequency domain resource set is a corresponding BWP of the first BWP The set of frequency domain resources. 根据权利要求40-43中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息承载在所述第一控制信息中的专用信息域中;或者,The method according to any one of claims 40-43, wherein the first indication information is carried in a dedicated information field in the first control information; or, 所述第一指示信息通过所述第一控制信息中的第一信息域的第一状态来表征,其中,在所述第一信息域的取值为所述第一状态时,所述第一信息域用于指示不发起所述请求-应答过程;或者,The first indication information is represented by the first state of the first information field in the first control information, wherein, when the value of the first information field is the first state, the first The information field is used to indicate that the request-response procedure is not initiated; or, 所述第一指示信息通过所述第一控制信息中的部分或全部比特的取值为第二状态来表征,其中,在所述第一控制信息中的所述部分或全部比特的取值为所述第二状态时,所述第一控制信息指示不发起所述请求-应答过程。The first indication information is characterized by the value of part or all of the bits in the first control information being the second state, wherein the value of the part or all of the bits in the first control information is the value of the second state In the second state, the first control information indicates that the request-response process is not initiated. 根据权利要求40-44中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述波束指示信息用于确定以下信息中的至少一种:The method according to any one of claims 40-44, wherein the beam indication information is used to determine at least one of the following information: 所述第一控制信息关联的第一波束信息、物理信道传输关联的第二波束信息、所述应答信息关联的第三波束信息,其中,所述物理信道包括所述第一控制信息对应的物理信道。The first beam information associated with the first control information, the second beam information associated with physical channel transmission, and the third beam information associated with the response information, wherein the physical channel includes the physical channel corresponding to the first control information. channel. 根据权利要求45所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一波束信息包括以下中的至少一项:The method according to claim 45, wherein the first beam information includes at least one of the following: 所述第一控制信息关联的传输配置指示TCI指示信息;The transmission configuration associated with the first control information indicates TCI indication information; 所述第一控制信息关联的参考信号信息。Reference signal information associated with the first control information. 根据权利要求45或46所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二波束信息包括以下中的至少一项:The method according to claim 45 or 46, wherein the second beam information includes at least one of the following: 所述物理信道传输关联的TCI指示信息;the TCI indication information associated with the physical channel transmission; 所述物理信道传输关联的参考信号信息。The physical channel transmits associated reference signal information. 根据权利要求45-47中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第三波束信息包括所述应答信息关联的参考信号信息。The method according to any one of claims 45-47, wherein the third beam information includes reference signal information associated with the response information. 根据权利要求45-47中任一项所述的方法,所述第三波束信息用于所述第一设备确定在信道接入过程中使用的波束,和/或,所述第三波束信息用于确定所述第一设备发送所述应答信息所使用的波束。The method according to any one of claims 45-47, wherein the third beam information is used by the first device to determine a beam used in a channel access process, and/or the third beam information is used for for determining the beam used by the first device to send the response information. 根据权利要求45-49中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述波束指示信息还包括第二指示信息,其中,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第三波束信息与所述第一波束信息关联,或者,所述第三波束信息与所述第二波束信息关联。The method according to any one of claims 45-49, wherein the beam indication information further includes second indication information, wherein the second indication information is used to indicate that the third beam information is the same as the The first beam information is associated, or the third beam information is associated with the second beam information. 根据权利要求45-50中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述波束指示信息还包括第三指示信息,其中,所述第三指示信息用于指示以下信息中的至少一种:The method according to any one of claims 45-50, wherein the beam indication information further includes third indication information, wherein the third indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following information: 所述第一波束信息是所述第一设备专用的波束信息还是公共的波束信息;whether the first beam information is dedicated beam information for the first device or public beam information; 所述第二波束信息是所述第一设备专用的波束信息还是公共的波束信息;以及,whether the second beam information is dedicated beam information for the first device or public beam information; and, 所述第三波束信息是所述第一设备专用的波束信息还是公共的波束信息。Whether the third beam information is dedicated beam information for the first device or public beam information. 根据权利要求40-51中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述应答资源指示信息用于确定以下信息中的至少一种:The method according to any one of claims 40-51, wherein the response resource indication information is used to determine at least one of the following information: 资源信息,所述资源信息用于确定传输所述应答信息的应答资源;resource information, where the resource information is used to determine the response resource for transmitting the response information; 第一时域位置信息,所述第一时域位置信息用于确定所述应答资源的时域位置;first time domain location information, where the first time domain location information is used to determine the time domain location of the response resource; 下行分配指示信息,所述下行分配指示信息用于确定所述应答信息在反馈码本中的位置;以及,功控信息,所述功控信息用于确定传输所述应答信息的发射功率。Downlink allocation indication information, the downlink allocation indication information is used to determine the position of the response information in the feedback codebook; and power control information, the power control information is used to determine the transmit power for transmitting the response information. 根据权利要求52所述的方法,其特征在于,所述应答资源包括物理上行控制信道PUCCH资源,所述资源信息包括PUCCH资源指示信息;或者,The method according to claim 52, wherein the response resources include physical uplink control channel PUCCH resources, and the resource information includes PUCCH resource indication information; or, 所述应答资源包括物理随机接入信道PRACH资源,所述资源信息包括PRACH资源指示信息;或者,The response resources include physical random access channel PRACH resources, and the resource information includes PRACH resource indication information; or, 所述应答资源包括SRS资源,所述资源信息包括SRS资源指示信息。The response resources include SRS resources, and the resource information includes SRS resource indication information. 根据权利要求52或53所述的方法,其特征在于,所述应答资源包括PUCCH资源,所述第一时域位置信息包括混合自动重传请求HARQ反馈时序指示信息;或者,The method according to claim 52 or 53, wherein the acknowledgement resources comprise PUCCH resources, and the first time domain location information comprises hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ feedback timing indication information); or, 所述应答资源包括PRACH资源,所述第一时域位置信息包括所述PRACH资源对应的随机接入信道传输机会;The response resources include PRACH resources, and the first time domain location information includes random access channel transmission opportunities corresponding to the PRACH resources; 所述应答资源包括SRS资源,所述第一时域位置信息包括所述SRS资源对应的时间单元信息。The response resources include SRS resources, and the first time domain location information includes time unit information corresponding to the SRS resources. 根据权利要求52至54中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一控制信息为第一DCI,所述第一DCI用于调度第一PDSCH传输,所述第一DCI还包括第二时域位置信息,其中,所述资源 信息和所述第一时域位置信息用于确定第一PUCCH资源,所述资源信息和所述第二时域位置信息用于确定第二PUCCH资源,所述第一PUCCH资源用于传输所述应答信息,所述第二PUCCH资源用于传输所述第一PDSCH对应的HARQ-ACK信息。The method according to any one of claims 52 to 54, wherein the first control information is a first DCI, the first DCI is used to schedule a first PDSCH transmission, and the first DCI further includes second time-domain location information, wherein the resource information and the first time-domain location information are used to determine a first PUCCH resource, and the resource information and the second time-domain location information are used to determine a second PUCCH resource , the first PUCCH resource is used to transmit the acknowledgement information, and the second PUCCH resource is used to transmit the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the first PDSCH. 根据权利要求40至55中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述信道接入指示信息用于确定以下信息中的至少一种:所述应答信息对应的信道接入方式;以及,The method according to any one of claims 40 to 55, wherein the channel access indication information is used to determine at least one of the following information: a channel access mode corresponding to the response information; and, 所述应答信息对应的延长循环前缀CPE长度。The length of the extended cyclic prefix CPE corresponding to the response information. 根据权利要求56所述的方法,其特征在于,所述应答信息对应的信道接入方式为以下其中之一:不做信道检测的信道接入、第一类型的信道接入、第二类型的信道接入。The method according to claim 56, wherein the channel access mode corresponding to the response information is one of the following: channel access without channel detection, channel access of the first type, channel access of the second type channel access. 根据权利要求57所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一类型的信道接入为随机回退多个监听时隙的信道接入方式;和/或,The method according to claim 57, wherein the first type of channel access is a channel access manner of randomly backing off multiple listening time slots; and/or, 所述第二类型的信道接入为固定监听时隙长度的信道接入方式。The second type of channel access is a channel access manner with a fixed listening time slot length. 根据权利要求56至58中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述信道接入指示信息包括用于指示所述信道接入方式的指示信息和/或用于指示所述CPE长度的指示信息。The method according to any one of claims 56 to 58, wherein the channel access indication information comprises indication information for indicating the channel access mode and/or indication information for indicating the CPE length Instructions. 根据权利要求56至59中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一控制信息为第一DCI,其中,所述第一DCI用于调度第一PDSCH传输,所述信道接入方式还用于传输所述第一PDSCH对应的HARQ-ACK信息;或者,The method according to any one of claims 56 to 59, wherein the first control information is a first DCI, wherein the first DCI is used to schedule a first PDSCH transmission, and the channel access The method is also used to transmit the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the first PDSCH; or, 所述第一DCI用于调度第一PUSCH传输,所述信道接入方式还用于传输所述第一PUSCH。The first DCI is used to schedule the first PUSCH transmission, and the channel access mode is also used to transmit the first PUSCH. 根据权利要求40-60中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一控制信息中包括传输请求信息,所述传输请求信息中包括的至少一种信息在所述第一控制信息中所占的比特数是根据高层参数确定的;或者,The method according to any one of claims 40-60, wherein the first control information includes transmission request information, and at least one type of information included in the transmission request information is included in the first control information The number of bits occupied in is determined according to high-level parameters; or, 所述传输请求信息中包括的至少一种信息在所述第一控制信息中所占的比特数是预定义的。The number of bits occupied by at least one type of information included in the transmission request information in the first control information is predefined. 根据权利要求33-61中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一控制信息为所述第一设备专用的控制信息。The method according to any one of claims 33-61, wherein the first control information is control information dedicated to the first device. 一种无线通信的设备,其特征在于,包括:A wireless communication device, comprising: 通信单元,用于接收第二设备发送的第一控制信息,所述第一控制信息用于确定所述第二设备是否向所述设备发起请求-应答过程;a communication unit, configured to receive first control information sent by a second device, where the first control information is used to determine whether the second device initiates a request-response process to the device; 处理单元,用于根据所述第一控制信息确定是否向所述第二设备发送应答信息。A processing unit, configured to determine whether to send response information to the second device according to the first control information. 一种无线通信的设备,其特征在于,包括:A wireless communication device, comprising: 通信单元,用于向第一设备发送第一控制信息,所述第一控制信息用于所述第一设备确定所述设备是否向所述第一设备发起请求-应答过程。A communication unit, configured to send first control information to a first device, where the first control information is used by the first device to determine whether the device initiates a request-response process to the first device. 一种无线通信的设备,其特征在于,包括:处理器和存储器,该存储器用于存储计算机程序,所述处理器用于调用并运行所述存储器中存储的计算机程序,执行如权利要求1至32中任一项所述的方法。A device for wireless communication, characterized in that it comprises: a processor and a memory, the memory is used to store a computer program, the processor is used to call and run the computer program stored in the memory, and execute the computer program according to claims 1 to 32 The method of any of the above. 一种无线通信的设备,其特征在于,包括:处理器和存储器,该存储器用于存储计算机程序,所述处理器用于调用并运行所述存储器中存储的计算机程序,执行如权利要求33至62中任一项所述的方法。A device for wireless communication, characterized in that it comprises: a processor and a memory, the memory is used for storing a computer program, the processor is used for calling and running the computer program stored in the memory, and executes the computer program as claimed in claims 33 to 62 The method of any of the above. 一种芯片,其特征在于,包括:处理器,用于从存储器中调用并运行计算机程序,使得安装有所述芯片的设备执行如权利要求1至32中任一项所述的方法。A chip, characterized by comprising: a processor for invoking and running a computer program from a memory, so that a device installed with the chip executes the method according to any one of claims 1 to 32. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,用于存储计算机程序,所述计算机程序使得计算机执行如权利要求1至32中任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized by being used for storing a computer program, the computer program causing a computer to execute the method according to any one of claims 1 to 32. 一种计算机程序产品,其特征在于,包括计算机程序指令,该计算机程序指令使得计算机执行如权利要求1至32中任一项所述的方法。A computer program product comprising computer program instructions, the computer program instructions causing a computer to perform the method of any one of claims 1 to 32. 一种计算机程序,其特征在于,所述计算机程序使得计算机执行如权利要求1至32中任一项所述的方法。A computer program, characterized in that the computer program causes a computer to perform the method according to any one of claims 1 to 32. 一种芯片,其特征在于,包括:处理器,用于从存储器中调用并运行计算机程序,使得安装有所述芯片的设备执行如权利要求33至62中任一项所述的方法。A chip, characterized by comprising: a processor for invoking and running a computer program from a memory, so that a device on which the chip is installed executes the method according to any one of claims 33 to 62. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,用于存储计算机程序,所述计算机程序使得计算机执行如权利要求33至62中任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized by being used for storing a computer program, the computer program causing a computer to execute the method according to any one of claims 33 to 62. 一种计算机程序产品,其特征在于,包括计算机程序指令,该计算机程序指令使得计算机执行如权利要求33至62中任一项所述的方法。A computer program product comprising computer program instructions, the computer program instructions causing a computer to perform the method of any one of claims 33 to 62. 一种计算机程序,其特征在于,所述计算机程序使得计算机执行如权利要求32至60中任一项所述的方法。A computer program, characterized in that the computer program causes a computer to perform the method as claimed in any one of claims 32 to 60.
PCT/CN2021/071340 2021-01-12 2021-01-12 Wireless communication method and device Ceased WO2022150991A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2021/071340 WO2022150991A1 (en) 2021-01-12 2021-01-12 Wireless communication method and device
CN202180073089.2A CN116438905A (en) 2021-01-12 2021-01-12 Method and device for wireless communication

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2021/071340 WO2022150991A1 (en) 2021-01-12 2021-01-12 Wireless communication method and device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022150991A1 true WO2022150991A1 (en) 2022-07-21

Family

ID=82446475

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2021/071340 Ceased WO2022150991A1 (en) 2021-01-12 2021-01-12 Wireless communication method and device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN116438905A (en)
WO (1) WO2022150991A1 (en)

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2017144002A1 (en) * 2016-02-26 2017-08-31 北京佰才邦技术有限公司 Method of transmitting sounding reference signal, device, chip, and terminal
CN110115056A (en) * 2016-10-11 2019-08-09 夏普株式会社 Terminal installation, communication means and integrated circuit
WO2020032757A1 (en) * 2018-08-10 2020-02-13 엘지전자 주식회사 Method for transmitting or receiving signal in wireless communication system supporting unlicensed band, and apparatus supporting same
CN111130735A (en) * 2019-04-30 2020-05-08 维沃移动通信有限公司 A feedback control method, UE and network device
CN111149412A (en) * 2017-09-28 2020-05-12 联想(新加坡)私人有限公司 Autonomous Uplink Acknowledgement Triggered

Family Cites Families (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN104247558B (en) * 2013-01-25 2018-07-03 华为技术有限公司 System information acquisition method, user equipment and base station
CN108702258B (en) * 2016-08-03 2021-02-12 华为技术有限公司 HARQ response information transmission method and device
EP4243320A3 (en) * 2018-08-10 2023-11-08 Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson (publ) Uplink scheduling grant for a plurality of physical uplink shared channels
CN111031580B (en) * 2018-10-10 2022-02-15 维沃移动通信有限公司 Method and apparatus for transmitting feedback information
US12057944B2 (en) * 2018-11-08 2024-08-06 Nec Corporation Method and devices for hybrid automatic repeat request
CN111865528B (en) * 2019-04-29 2023-05-12 中国移动通信有限公司研究院 A method and device for triggering reporting of channel state information

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2017144002A1 (en) * 2016-02-26 2017-08-31 北京佰才邦技术有限公司 Method of transmitting sounding reference signal, device, chip, and terminal
CN110115056A (en) * 2016-10-11 2019-08-09 夏普株式会社 Terminal installation, communication means and integrated circuit
CN111149412A (en) * 2017-09-28 2020-05-12 联想(新加坡)私人有限公司 Autonomous Uplink Acknowledgement Triggered
WO2020032757A1 (en) * 2018-08-10 2020-02-13 엘지전자 주식회사 Method for transmitting or receiving signal in wireless communication system supporting unlicensed band, and apparatus supporting same
CN111130735A (en) * 2019-04-30 2020-05-08 维沃移动通信有限公司 A feedback control method, UE and network device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN116438905A (en) 2023-07-14

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN113490286B (en) Random access method, terminal equipment and network equipment
CN110972322B (en) Random access method and communication device
WO2022104545A1 (en) Wireless communication method, terminal device and network device
JP7509805B2 (en) Random access method, terminal device and network device
WO2022110233A1 (en) Wireless communication method, terminal device and network device
WO2020034223A1 (en) Harq information transmission method, network device and terminal device
WO2023082356A1 (en) Wireless communication method and terminal device
WO2022021008A1 (en) Method for determining sidelink configured grant resource, and terminal device
WO2023130473A1 (en) Wireless communication method, terminal device, and network device
CN116746250A (en) A wireless communication method, device, equipment and storage medium
WO2020051767A1 (en) Method for transmitting information and receiving information and communication device
WO2022183406A1 (en) Method for transmitting data channel, terminal device and network device
US20240306171A1 (en) Wireless communication method, terminal device, and network device
WO2022082785A1 (en) Wireless communication method, and terminal device and network device
WO2021248456A1 (en) Wireless communication method and device
US11395350B2 (en) Random access method, terminal device, and network device
CN116321492B (en) Method, terminal device and network device for using and configuring authorized CG resources
CN113273302B (en) Wireless communication method, terminal equipment and network equipment
WO2023197200A1 (en) Wireless communication method,s first terminal devices, and second terminal devices
WO2023065363A1 (en) Wireless communication method and terminal device
WO2022150991A1 (en) Wireless communication method and device
WO2023004635A1 (en) Resource selection method and terminal device
WO2022021293A1 (en) Method and device for channel monitoring
US20240155686A1 (en) Channel access priority class table for unlicensed sidelink
WO2022036696A1 (en) Wireless communication methods, terminal device, and network device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21918209

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 21918209

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1